summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/share/info/ld.info
blob: b03a430d31251106aecbfb1639428a752d496237 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
This is ld.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.1 from ld.texinfo.

This file documents the GNU linker LD (GNU Binutils) version 2.24.0.

   Copyright (C) 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License".
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Ld: (ld).                       The GNU linker.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY


File: ld.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Overview,  Up: (dir)

LD
**

This file documents the GNU linker ld (GNU Binutils) version 2.24.0.

   This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
Documentation License version 1.3.  A copy of the license is included in
the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".

* Menu:

* Overview::                    Overview
* Invocation::                  Invocation
* Scripts::                     Linker Scripts
* Machine Dependent::           Machine Dependent Features
* BFD::                         BFD

* Reporting Bugs::              Reporting Bugs
* MRI::                         MRI Compatible Script Files
* GNU Free Documentation License::  GNU Free Documentation License
* LD Index::                       LD Index


File: ld.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Invocation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

1 Overview
**********

'ld' combines a number of object and archive files, relocates their data
and ties up symbol references.  Usually the last step in compiling a
program is to run 'ld'.

   'ld' accepts Linker Command Language files written in a superset of
AT&T's Link Editor Command Language syntax, to provide explicit and
total control over the linking process.

   This version of 'ld' uses the general purpose BFD libraries to
operate on object files.  This allows 'ld' to read, combine, and write
object files in many different formats--for example, COFF or 'a.out'.
Different formats may be linked together to produce any available kind
of object file.  *Note BFD::, for more information.

   Aside from its flexibility, the GNU linker is more helpful than other
linkers in providing diagnostic information.  Many linkers abandon
execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
'ld' continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors (or, in
some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).


File: ld.info,  Node: Invocation,  Next: Scripts,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top

2 Invocation
************

The GNU linker 'ld' is meant to cover a broad range of situations, and
to be as compatible as possible with other linkers.  As a result, you
have many choices to control its behavior.

* Menu:

* Options::                     Command Line Options
* Environment::                 Environment Variables


File: ld.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Environment,  Up: Invocation

2.1 Command Line Options
========================

The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
practice few of them are used in any particular context.  For instance,
a frequent use of 'ld' is to link standard Unix object files on a
standard, supported Unix system.  On such a system, to link a file
'hello.o':

     ld -o OUTPUT /lib/crt0.o hello.o -lc

   This tells 'ld' to produce a file called OUTPUT as the result of
linking the file '/lib/crt0.o' with 'hello.o' and the library 'libc.a',
which will come from the standard search directories.  (See the
discussion of the '-l' option below.)

   Some of the command-line options to 'ld' may be specified at any
point in the command line.  However, options which refer to files, such
as '-l' or '-T', cause the file to be read at the point at which the
option appears in the command line, relative to the object files and
other file options.  Repeating non-file options with a different
argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of that
option.  Options which may be meaningfully specified more than once are
noted in the descriptions below.

   Non-option arguments are object files or archives which are to be
linked together.  They may follow, precede, or be mixed in with
command-line options, except that an object file argument may not be
placed between an option and its argument.

   Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but you
can specify other forms of binary input files using '-l', '-R', and the
script command language.  If _no_ binary input files at all are
specified, the linker does not produce any output, and issues the
message 'No input files'.

   If the linker cannot recognize the format of an object file, it will
assume that it is a linker script.  A script specified in this way
augments the main linker script used for the link (either the default
linker script or the one specified by using '-T').  This feature permits
the linker to link against a file which appears to be an object or an
archive, but actually merely defines some symbol values, or uses 'INPUT'
or 'GROUP' to load other objects.  Specifying a script in this way
merely augments the main linker script, with the extra commands placed
after the main script; use the '-T' option to replace the default linker
script entirely, but note the effect of the 'INSERT' command.  *Note
Scripts::.

   For options whose names are a single letter, option arguments must
either follow the option letter without intervening whitespace, or be
given as separate arguments immediately following the option that
requires them.

   For options whose names are multiple letters, either one dash or two
can precede the option name; for example, '-trace-symbol' and
'--trace-symbol' are equivalent.  Note--there is one exception to this
rule.  Multiple letter options that start with a lower case 'o' can only
be preceded by two dashes.  This is to reduce confusion with the '-o'
option.  So for example '-omagic' sets the output file name to 'magic'
whereas '--omagic' sets the NMAGIC flag on the output.

   Arguments to multiple-letter options must either be separated from
the option name by an equals sign, or be given as separate arguments
immediately following the option that requires them.  For example,
'--trace-symbol foo' and '--trace-symbol=foo' are equivalent.  Unique
abbreviations of the names of multiple-letter options are accepted.

   Note--if the linker is being invoked indirectly, via a compiler
driver (e.g.  'gcc') then all the linker command line options should be
prefixed by '-Wl,' (or whatever is appropriate for the particular
compiler driver) like this:

       gcc -Wl,--start-group foo.o bar.o -Wl,--end-group

   This is important, because otherwise the compiler driver program may
silently drop the linker options, resulting in a bad link.  Confusion
may also arise when passing options that require values through a
driver, as the use of a space between option and argument acts as a
separator, and causes the driver to pass only the option to the linker
and the argument to the compiler.  In this case, it is simplest to use
the joined forms of both single- and multiple-letter options, such as:

       gcc foo.o bar.o -Wl,-eENTRY -Wl,-Map=a.map

   Here is a table of the generic command line switches accepted by the
GNU linker:

'@FILE'
     Read command-line options from FILE.  The options read are inserted
     in place of the original @FILE option.  If FILE does not exist, or
     cannot be read, then the option will be treated literally, and not
     removed.

     Options in FILE are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
     character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
     option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including
     a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be
     included with a backslash.  The FILE may itself contain additional
     @FILE options; any such options will be processed recursively.

'-a KEYWORD'
     This option is supported for HP/UX compatibility.  The KEYWORD
     argument must be one of the strings 'archive', 'shared', or
     'default'.  '-aarchive' is functionally equivalent to '-Bstatic',
     and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent to
     '-Bdynamic'.  This option may be used any number of times.

'--audit AUDITLIB'
     Adds AUDITLIB to the 'DT_AUDIT' entry of the dynamic section.
     AUDITLIB is not checked for existence, nor will it use the
     DT_SONAME specified in the library.  If specified multiple times
     'DT_AUDIT' will contain a colon separated list of audit interfaces
     to use.  If the linker finds an object with an audit entry while
     searching for shared libraries, it will add a corresponding
     'DT_DEPAUDIT' entry in the output file.  This option is only
     meaningful on ELF platforms supporting the rtld-audit interface.

'-A ARCHITECTURE'
'--architecture=ARCHITECTURE'
     In the current release of 'ld', this option is useful only for the
     Intel 960 family of architectures.  In that 'ld' configuration, the
     ARCHITECTURE argument identifies the particular architecture in the
     960 family, enabling some safeguards and modifying the
     archive-library search path.  *Note 'ld' and the Intel 960 family:
     i960, for details.

     Future releases of 'ld' may support similar functionality for other
     architecture families.

'-b INPUT-FORMAT'
'--format=INPUT-FORMAT'
     'ld' may be configured to support more than one kind of object
     file.  If your 'ld' is configured this way, you can use the '-b'
     option to specify the binary format for input object files that
     follow this option on the command line.  Even when 'ld' is
     configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually
     need to specify this, as 'ld' should be configured to expect as a
     default input format the most usual format on each machine.
     INPUT-FORMAT is a text string, the name of a particular format
     supported by the BFD libraries.  (You can list the available binary
     formats with 'objdump -i'.)  *Note BFD::.

     You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an
     unusual binary format.  You can also use '-b' to switch formats
     explicitly (when linking object files of different formats), by
     including '-b INPUT-FORMAT' before each group of object files in a
     particular format.

     The default format is taken from the environment variable
     'GNUTARGET'.  *Note Environment::.  You can also define the input
     format from a script, using the command 'TARGET'; see *note Format
     Commands::.

'-c MRI-COMMANDFILE'
'--mri-script=MRI-COMMANDFILE'
     For compatibility with linkers produced by MRI, 'ld' accepts script
     files written in an alternate, restricted command language,
     described in *note MRI Compatible Script Files: MRI.  Introduce MRI
     script files with the option '-c'; use the '-T' option to run
     linker scripts written in the general-purpose 'ld' scripting
     language.  If MRI-CMDFILE does not exist, 'ld' looks for it in the
     directories specified by any '-L' options.

'-d'
'-dc'
'-dp'
     These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported
     for compatibility with other linkers.  They assign space to common
     symbols even if a relocatable output file is specified (with '-r').
     The script command 'FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION' has the same effect.
     *Note Miscellaneous Commands::.

'--depaudit AUDITLIB'
'-P AUDITLIB'
     Adds AUDITLIB to the 'DT_DEPAUDIT' entry of the dynamic section.
     AUDITLIB is not checked for existence, nor will it use the
     DT_SONAME specified in the library.  If specified multiple times
     'DT_DEPAUDIT' will contain a colon separated list of audit
     interfaces to use.  This option is only meaningful on ELF platforms
     supporting the rtld-audit interface.  The -P option is provided for
     Solaris compatibility.

'-e ENTRY'
'--entry=ENTRY'
     Use ENTRY as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
     program, rather than the default entry point.  If there is no
     symbol named ENTRY, the linker will try to parse ENTRY as a number,
     and use that as the entry address (the number will be interpreted
     in base 10; you may use a leading '0x' for base 16, or a leading
     '0' for base 8).  *Note Entry Point::, for a discussion of defaults
     and other ways of specifying the entry point.

'--exclude-libs LIB,LIB,...'
     Specifies a list of archive libraries from which symbols should not
     be automatically exported.  The library names may be delimited by
     commas or colons.  Specifying '--exclude-libs ALL' excludes symbols
     in all archive libraries from automatic export.  This option is
     available only for the i386 PE targeted port of the linker and for
     ELF targeted ports.  For i386 PE, symbols explicitly listed in a
     .def file are still exported, regardless of this option.  For ELF
     targeted ports, symbols affected by this option will be treated as
     hidden.

'--exclude-modules-for-implib MODULE,MODULE,...'
     Specifies a list of object files or archive members, from which
     symbols should not be automatically exported, but which should be
     copied wholesale into the import library being generated during the
     link.  The module names may be delimited by commas or colons, and
     must match exactly the filenames used by 'ld' to open the files;
     for archive members, this is simply the member name, but for object
     files the name listed must include and match precisely any path
     used to specify the input file on the linker's command-line.  This
     option is available only for the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker.  Symbols explicitly listed in a .def file are still
     exported, regardless of this option.

'-E'
'--export-dynamic'
'--no-export-dynamic'
     When creating a dynamically linked executable, using the '-E'
     option or the '--export-dynamic' option causes the linker to add
     all symbols to the dynamic symbol table.  The dynamic symbol table
     is the set of symbols which are visible from dynamic objects at run
     time.

     If you do not use either of these options (or use the
     '--no-export-dynamic' option to restore the default behavior), the
     dynamic symbol table will normally contain only those symbols which
     are referenced by some dynamic object mentioned in the link.

     If you use 'dlopen' to load a dynamic object which needs to refer
     back to the symbols defined by the program, rather than some other
     dynamic object, then you will probably need to use this option when
     linking the program itself.

     You can also use the dynamic list to control what symbols should be
     added to the dynamic symbol table if the output format supports it.
     See the description of '--dynamic-list'.

     Note that this option is specific to ELF targeted ports.  PE
     targets support a similar function to export all symbols from a DLL
     or EXE; see the description of '--export-all-symbols' below.

'-EB'
     Link big-endian objects.  This affects the default output format.

'-EL'
     Link little-endian objects.  This affects the default output
     format.

'-f NAME'
'--auxiliary=NAME'
     When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY
     field to the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that
     the symbol table of the shared object should be used as an
     auxiliary filter on the symbol table of the shared object NAME.

     If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when
     you run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_AUXILIARY
     field.  If the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter
     object, it will first check whether there is a definition in the
     shared object NAME.  If there is one, it will be used instead of
     the definition in the filter object.  The shared object NAME need
     not exist.  Thus the shared object NAME may be used to provide an
     alternative implementation of certain functions, perhaps for
     debugging or for machine specific performance.

     This option may be specified more than once.  The DT_AUXILIARY
     entries will be created in the order in which they appear on the
     command line.

'-F NAME'
'--filter=NAME'
     When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER
     field to the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that
     the symbol table of the shared object which is being created should
     be used as a filter on the symbol table of the shared object NAME.

     If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when
     you run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_FILTER
     field.  The dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the
     symbol table of the filter object as usual, but it will actually
     link to the definitions found in the shared object NAME.  Thus the
     filter object can be used to select a subset of the symbols
     provided by the object NAME.

     Some older linkers used the '-F' option throughout a compilation
     toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and
     output object files.  The GNU linker uses other mechanisms for this
     purpose: the '-b', '--format', '--oformat' options, the 'TARGET'
     command in linker scripts, and the 'GNUTARGET' environment
     variable.  The GNU linker will ignore the '-F' option when not
     creating an ELF shared object.

'-fini=NAME'
     When creating an ELF executable or shared object, call NAME when
     the executable or shared object is unloaded, by setting DT_FINI to
     the address of the function.  By default, the linker uses '_fini'
     as the function to call.

'-g'
     Ignored.  Provided for compatibility with other tools.

'-G VALUE'
'--gpsize=VALUE'
     Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP
     register to SIZE.  This is only meaningful for object file formats
     such as MIPS ELF that support putting large and small objects into
     different sections.  This is ignored for other object file formats.

'-h NAME'
'-soname=NAME'
     When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME
     field to the specified name.  When an executable is linked with a
     shared object which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable
     is run the dynamic linker will attempt to load the shared object
     specified by the DT_SONAME field rather than the using the file
     name given to the linker.

'-i'
     Perform an incremental link (same as option '-r').

'-init=NAME'
     When creating an ELF executable or shared object, call NAME when
     the executable or shared object is loaded, by setting DT_INIT to
     the address of the function.  By default, the linker uses '_init'
     as the function to call.

'-l NAMESPEC'
'--library=NAMESPEC'
     Add the archive or object file specified by NAMESPEC to the list of
     files to link.  This option may be used any number of times.  If
     NAMESPEC is of the form ':FILENAME', 'ld' will search the library
     path for a file called FILENAME, otherwise it will search the
     library path for a file called 'libNAMESPEC.a'.

     On systems which support shared libraries, 'ld' may also search for
     files other than 'libNAMESPEC.a'.  Specifically, on ELF and SunOS
     systems, 'ld' will search a directory for a library called
     'libNAMESPEC.so' before searching for one called 'libNAMESPEC.a'.
     (By convention, a '.so' extension indicates a shared library.)
     Note that this behavior does not apply to ':FILENAME', which always
     specifies a file called FILENAME.

     The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where
     it is specified on the command line.  If the archive defines a
     symbol which was undefined in some object which appeared before the
     archive on the command line, the linker will include the
     appropriate file(s) from the archive.  However, an undefined symbol
     in an object appearing later on the command line will not cause the
     linker to search the archive again.

     See the '-(' option for a way to force the linker to search
     archives multiple times.

     You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line.

     This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers.
     However, if you are using 'ld' on AIX, note that it is different
     from the behaviour of the AIX linker.

'-L SEARCHDIR'
'--library-path=SEARCHDIR'
     Add path SEARCHDIR to the list of paths that 'ld' will search for
     archive libraries and 'ld' control scripts.  You may use this
     option any number of times.  The directories are searched in the
     order in which they are specified on the command line.  Directories
     specified on the command line are searched before the default
     directories.  All '-L' options apply to all '-l' options,
     regardless of the order in which the options appear.  '-L' options
     do not affect how 'ld' searches for a linker script unless '-T'
     option is specified.

     If SEARCHDIR begins with '=', then the '=' will be replaced by the
     "sysroot prefix", a path specified when the linker is configured.

     The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
     '-L') depends on which emulation mode 'ld' is using, and in some
     cases also on how it was configured.  *Note Environment::.

     The paths can also be specified in a link script with the
     'SEARCH_DIR' command.  Directories specified this way are searched
     at the point in which the linker script appears in the command
     line.

'-m EMULATION'
     Emulate the EMULATION linker.  You can list the available
     emulations with the '--verbose' or '-V' options.

     If the '-m' option is not used, the emulation is taken from the
     'LDEMULATION' environment variable, if that is defined.

     Otherwise, the default emulation depends upon how the linker was
     configured.

'-M'
'--print-map'
     Print a link map to the standard output.  A link map provides
     information about the link, including the following:

        * Where object files are mapped into memory.
        * How common symbols are allocated.
        * All archive members included in the link, with a mention of
          the symbol which caused the archive member to be brought in.
        * The values assigned to symbols.

          Note - symbols whose values are computed by an expression
          which involves a reference to a previous value of the same
          symbol may not have correct result displayed in the link map.
          This is because the linker discards intermediate results and
          only retains the final value of an expression.  Under such
          circumstances the linker will display the final value enclosed
          by square brackets.  Thus for example a linker script
          containing:

                  foo = 1
                  foo = foo * 4
                  foo = foo + 8

          will produce the following output in the link map if the '-M'
          option is used:

                  0x00000001                foo = 0x1
                  [0x0000000c]                foo = (foo * 0x4)
                  [0x0000000c]                foo = (foo + 0x8)

          See *note Expressions:: for more information about expressions
          in linker scripts.

'-n'
'--nmagic'
     Turn off page alignment of sections, and disable linking against
     shared libraries.  If the output format supports Unix style magic
     numbers, mark the output as 'NMAGIC'.

'-N'
'--omagic'
     Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable.  Also,
     do not page-align the data segment, and disable linking against
     shared libraries.  If the output format supports Unix style magic
     numbers, mark the output as 'OMAGIC'.  Note: Although a writable
     text section is allowed for PE-COFF targets, it does not conform to
     the format specification published by Microsoft.

'--no-omagic'
     This option negates most of the effects of the '-N' option.  It
     sets the text section to be read-only, and forces the data segment
     to be page-aligned.  Note - this option does not enable linking
     against shared libraries.  Use '-Bdynamic' for this.

'-o OUTPUT'
'--output=OUTPUT'
     Use OUTPUT as the name for the program produced by 'ld'; if this
     option is not specified, the name 'a.out' is used by default.  The
     script command 'OUTPUT' can also specify the output file name.

'-O LEVEL'
     If LEVEL is a numeric values greater than zero 'ld' optimizes the
     output.  This might take significantly longer and therefore
     probably should only be enabled for the final binary.  At the
     moment this option only affects ELF shared library generation.
     Future releases of the linker may make more use of this option.
     Also currently there is no difference in the linker's behaviour for
     different non-zero values of this option.  Again this may change
     with future releases.

'-q'
'--emit-relocs'
     Leave relocation sections and contents in fully linked executables.
     Post link analysis and optimization tools may need this information
     in order to perform correct modifications of executables.  This
     results in larger executables.

     This option is currently only supported on ELF platforms.

'--force-dynamic'
     Force the output file to have dynamic sections.  This option is
     specific to VxWorks targets.

'-r'
'--relocatable'
     Generate relocatable output--i.e., generate an output file that can
     in turn serve as input to 'ld'.  This is often called "partial
     linking".  As a side effect, in environments that support standard
     Unix magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic
     number to 'OMAGIC'.  If this option is not specified, an absolute
     file is produced.  When linking C++ programs, this option _will
     not_ resolve references to constructors; to do that, use '-Ur'.

     When an input file does not have the same format as the output
     file, partial linking is only supported if that input file does not
     contain any relocations.  Different output formats can have further
     restrictions; for example some 'a.out'-based formats do not support
     partial linking with input files in other formats at all.

     This option does the same thing as '-i'.

'-R FILENAME'
'--just-symbols=FILENAME'
     Read symbol names and their addresses from FILENAME, but do not
     relocate it or include it in the output.  This allows your output
     file to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined
     in other programs.  You may use this option more than once.

     For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the '-R' option is
     followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is
     treated as the '-rpath' option.

'-s'
'--strip-all'
     Omit all symbol information from the output file.

'-S'
'--strip-debug'
     Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the
     output file.

'-t'
'--trace'
     Print the names of the input files as 'ld' processes them.

'-T SCRIPTFILE'
'--script=SCRIPTFILE'
     Use SCRIPTFILE as the linker script.  This script replaces 'ld''s
     default linker script (rather than adding to it), so COMMANDFILE
     must specify everything necessary to describe the output file.
     *Note Scripts::.  If SCRIPTFILE does not exist in the current
     directory, 'ld' looks for it in the directories specified by any
     preceding '-L' options.  Multiple '-T' options accumulate.

'-dT SCRIPTFILE'
'--default-script=SCRIPTFILE'
     Use SCRIPTFILE as the default linker script.  *Note Scripts::.

     This option is similar to the '--script' option except that
     processing of the script is delayed until after the rest of the
     command line has been processed.  This allows options placed after
     the '--default-script' option on the command line to affect the
     behaviour of the linker script, which can be important when the
     linker command line cannot be directly controlled by the user.  (eg
     because the command line is being constructed by another tool, such
     as 'gcc').

'-u SYMBOL'
'--undefined=SYMBOL'
     Force SYMBOL to be entered in the output file as an undefined
     symbol.  Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional
     modules from standard libraries.  '-u' may be repeated with
     different option arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.
     This option is equivalent to the 'EXTERN' linker script command.

'-Ur'
     For anything other than C++ programs, this option is equivalent to
     '-r': it generates relocatable output--i.e., an output file that
     can in turn serve as input to 'ld'.  When linking C++ programs,
     '-Ur' _does_ resolve references to constructors, unlike '-r'.  It
     does not work to use '-Ur' on files that were themselves linked
     with '-Ur'; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot be
     added to.  Use '-Ur' only for the last partial link, and '-r' for
     the others.

'--unique[=SECTION]'
     Creates a separate output section for every input section matching
     SECTION, or if the optional wildcard SECTION argument is missing,
     for every orphan input section.  An orphan section is one not
     specifically mentioned in a linker script.  You may use this option
     multiple times on the command line; It prevents the normal merging
     of input sections with the same name, overriding output section
     assignments in a linker script.

'-v'
'--version'
'-V'
     Display the version number for 'ld'.  The '-V' option also lists
     the supported emulations.

'-x'
'--discard-all'
     Delete all local symbols.

'-X'
'--discard-locals'
     Delete all temporary local symbols.  (These symbols start with
     system-specific local label prefixes, typically '.L' for ELF
     systems or 'L' for traditional a.out systems.)

'-y SYMBOL'
'--trace-symbol=SYMBOL'
     Print the name of each linked file in which SYMBOL appears.  This
     option may be given any number of times.  On many systems it is
     necessary to prepend an underscore.

     This option is useful when you have an undefined symbol in your
     link but don't know where the reference is coming from.

'-Y PATH'
     Add PATH to the default library search path.  This option exists
     for Solaris compatibility.

'-z KEYWORD'
     The recognized keywords are:

     'combreloc'
          Combines multiple reloc sections and sorts them to make
          dynamic symbol lookup caching possible.

     'defs'
          Disallows undefined symbols in object files.  Undefined
          symbols in shared libraries are still allowed.

     'execstack'
          Marks the object as requiring executable stack.

     'global'
          This option is only meaningful when building a shared object.
          It makes the symbols defined by this shared object available
          for symbol resolution of subsequently loaded libraries.

     'initfirst'
          This option is only meaningful when building a shared object.
          It marks the object so that its runtime initialization will
          occur before the runtime initialization of any other objects
          brought into the process at the same time.  Similarly the
          runtime finalization of the object will occur after the
          runtime finalization of any other objects.

     'interpose'
          Marks the object that its symbol table interposes before all
          symbols but the primary executable.

     'lazy'
          When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to
          tell the dynamic linker to defer function call resolution to
          the point when the function is called (lazy binding), rather
          than at load time.  Lazy binding is the default.

     'loadfltr'
          Marks the object that its filters be processed immediately at
          runtime.

     'muldefs'
          Allows multiple definitions.

     'nocombreloc'
          Disables multiple reloc sections combining.

     'nocopyreloc'
          Disables production of copy relocs.

     'nodefaultlib'
          Marks the object that the search for dependencies of this
          object will ignore any default library search paths.

     'nodelete'
          Marks the object shouldn't be unloaded at runtime.

     'nodlopen'
          Marks the object not available to 'dlopen'.

     'nodump'
          Marks the object can not be dumped by 'dldump'.

     'noexecstack'
          Marks the object as not requiring executable stack.

     'norelro'
          Don't create an ELF 'PT_GNU_RELRO' segment header in the
          object.

     'now'
          When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to
          tell the dynamic linker to resolve all symbols when the
          program is started, or when the shared library is linked to
          using dlopen, instead of deferring function call resolution to
          the point when the function is first called.

     'origin'
          Marks the object may contain $ORIGIN.

     'relro'
          Create an ELF 'PT_GNU_RELRO' segment header in the object.

     'max-page-size=VALUE'
          Set the emulation maximum page size to VALUE.

     'common-page-size=VALUE'
          Set the emulation common page size to VALUE.

     'stack-size=VALUE'
          Specify a stack size for in an ELF 'PT_GNU_STACK' segment.
          Specifying zero will override any default non-zero sized
          'PT_GNU_STACK' segment creation.

     Other keywords are ignored for Solaris compatibility.

'-( ARCHIVES -)'
'--start-group ARCHIVES --end-group'
     The ARCHIVES should be a list of archive files.  They may be either
     explicit file names, or '-l' options.

     The specified archives are searched repeatedly until no new
     undefined references are created.  Normally, an archive is searched
     only once in the order that it is specified on the command line.
     If a symbol in that archive is needed to resolve an undefined
     symbol referred to by an object in an archive that appears later on
     the command line, the linker would not be able to resolve that
     reference.  By grouping the archives, they all be searched
     repeatedly until all possible references are resolved.

     Using this option has a significant performance cost.  It is best
     to use it only when there are unavoidable circular references
     between two or more archives.

'--accept-unknown-input-arch'
'--no-accept-unknown-input-arch'
     Tells the linker to accept input files whose architecture cannot be
     recognised.  The assumption is that the user knows what they are
     doing and deliberately wants to link in these unknown input files.
     This was the default behaviour of the linker, before release 2.14.
     The default behaviour from release 2.14 onwards is to reject such
     input files, and so the '--accept-unknown-input-arch' option has
     been added to restore the old behaviour.

'--as-needed'
'--no-as-needed'
     This option affects ELF DT_NEEDED tags for dynamic libraries
     mentioned on the command line after the '--as-needed' option.
     Normally the linker will add a DT_NEEDED tag for each dynamic
     library mentioned on the command line, regardless of whether the
     library is actually needed or not.  '--as-needed' causes a
     DT_NEEDED tag to only be emitted for a library that _at that point
     in the link_ satisfies a non-weak undefined symbol reference from a
     regular object file or, if the library is not found in the
     DT_NEEDED lists of other libraries, a non-weak undefined symbol
     reference from another dynamic library.  Object files or libraries
     appearing on the command line _after_ the library in question do
     not affect whether the library is seen as needed.  This is similar
     to the rules for extraction of object files from archives.
     '--no-as-needed' restores the default behaviour.

'--add-needed'
'--no-add-needed'
     These two options have been deprecated because of the similarity of
     their names to the '--as-needed' and '--no-as-needed' options.
     They have been replaced by '--copy-dt-needed-entries' and
     '--no-copy-dt-needed-entries'.

'-assert KEYWORD'
     This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility.

'-Bdynamic'
'-dy'
'-call_shared'
     Link against dynamic libraries.  This is only meaningful on
     platforms for which shared libraries are supported.  This option is
     normally the default on such platforms.  The different variants of
     this option are for compatibility with various systems.  You may
     use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects
     library searching for '-l' options which follow it.

'-Bgroup'
     Set the 'DF_1_GROUP' flag in the 'DT_FLAGS_1' entry in the dynamic
     section.  This causes the runtime linker to handle lookups in this
     object and its dependencies to be performed only inside the group.
     '--unresolved-symbols=report-all' is implied.  This option is only
     meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.

'-Bstatic'
'-dn'
'-non_shared'
'-static'
     Do not link against shared libraries.  This is only meaningful on
     platforms for which shared libraries are supported.  The different
     variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems.
     You may use this option multiple times on the command line: it
     affects library searching for '-l' options which follow it.  This
     option also implies '--unresolved-symbols=report-all'.  This option
     can be used with '-shared'.  Doing so means that a shared library
     is being created but that all of the library's external references
     must be resolved by pulling in entries from static libraries.

'-Bsymbolic'
     When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols
     to the definition within the shared library, if any.  Normally, it
     is possible for a program linked against a shared library to
     override the definition within the shared library.  This option is
     only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.

'-Bsymbolic-functions'
     When creating a shared library, bind references to global function
     symbols to the definition within the shared library, if any.  This
     option is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared
     libraries.

'--dynamic-list=DYNAMIC-LIST-FILE'
     Specify the name of a dynamic list file to the linker.  This is
     typically used when creating shared libraries to specify a list of
     global symbols whose references shouldn't be bound to the
     definition within the shared library, or creating dynamically
     linked executables to specify a list of symbols which should be
     added to the symbol table in the executable.  This option is only
     meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.

     The format of the dynamic list is the same as the version node
     without scope and node name.  See *note VERSION:: for more
     information.

'--dynamic-list-data'
     Include all global data symbols to the dynamic list.

'--dynamic-list-cpp-new'
     Provide the builtin dynamic list for C++ operator new and delete.
     It is mainly useful for building shared libstdc++.

'--dynamic-list-cpp-typeinfo'
     Provide the builtin dynamic list for C++ runtime type
     identification.

'--check-sections'
'--no-check-sections'
     Asks the linker _not_ to check section addresses after they have
     been assigned to see if there are any overlaps.  Normally the
     linker will perform this check, and if it finds any overlaps it
     will produce suitable error messages.  The linker does know about,
     and does make allowances for sections in overlays.  The default
     behaviour can be restored by using the command line switch
     '--check-sections'.  Section overlap is not usually checked for
     relocatable links.  You can force checking in that case by using
     the '--check-sections' option.

'--copy-dt-needed-entries'
'--no-copy-dt-needed-entries'
     This option affects the treatment of dynamic libraries referred to
     by DT_NEEDED tags _inside_ ELF dynamic libraries mentioned on the
     command line.  Normally the linker won't add a DT_NEEDED tag to the
     output binary for each library mentioned in a DT_NEEDED tag in an
     input dynamic library.  With '--copy-dt-needed-entries' specified
     on the command line however any dynamic libraries that follow it
     will have their DT_NEEDED entries added.  The default behaviour can
     be restored with '--no-copy-dt-needed-entries'.

     This option also has an effect on the resolution of symbols in
     dynamic libraries.  With '--copy-dt-needed-entries' dynamic
     libraries mentioned on the command line will be recursively
     searched, following their DT_NEEDED tags to other libraries, in
     order to resolve symbols required by the output binary.  With the
     default setting however the searching of dynamic libraries that
     follow it will stop with the dynamic library itself.  No DT_NEEDED
     links will be traversed to resolve symbols.

'--cref'
     Output a cross reference table.  If a linker map file is being
     generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
     Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.

     The format of the table is intentionally simple, so that it may be
     easily processed by a script if necessary.  The symbols are printed
     out, sorted by name.  For each symbol, a list of file names is
     given.  If the symbol is defined, the first file listed is the
     location of the definition.  If the symbol is defined as a common
     value then any files where this happens appear next.  Finally any
     files that reference the symbol are listed.

'--no-define-common'
     This option inhibits the assignment of addresses to common symbols.
     The script command 'INHIBIT_COMMON_ALLOCATION' has the same effect.
     *Note Miscellaneous Commands::.

     The '--no-define-common' option allows decoupling the decision to
     assign addresses to Common symbols from the choice of the output
     file type; otherwise a non-Relocatable output type forces assigning
     addresses to Common symbols.  Using '--no-define-common' allows
     Common symbols that are referenced from a shared library to be
     assigned addresses only in the main program.  This eliminates the
     unused duplicate space in the shared library, and also prevents any
     possible confusion over resolving to the wrong duplicate when there
     are many dynamic modules with specialized search paths for runtime
     symbol resolution.

'--defsym=SYMBOL=EXPRESSION'
     Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
     address given by EXPRESSION.  You may use this option as many times
     as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line.  A
     limited form of arithmetic is supported for the EXPRESSION in this
     context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an
     existing symbol, or use '+' and '-' to add or subtract hexadecimal
     constants or symbols.  If you need more elaborate expressions,
     consider using the linker command language from a script (*note
     Assignment: Symbol Definitions: Assignments.).  _Note:_ there
     should be no white space between SYMBOL, the equals sign ("<=>"),
     and EXPRESSION.

'--demangle[=STYLE]'
'--no-demangle'
     These options control whether to demangle symbol names in error
     messages and other output.  When the linker is told to demangle, it
     tries to present symbol names in a readable fashion: it strips
     leading underscores if they are used by the object file format, and
     converts C++ mangled symbol names into user readable names.
     Different compilers have different mangling styles.  The optional
     demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate
     demangling style for your compiler.  The linker will demangle by
     default unless the environment variable 'COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE' is
     set.  These options may be used to override the default.

'-IFILE'
'--dynamic-linker=FILE'
     Set the name of the dynamic linker.  This is only meaningful when
     generating dynamically linked ELF executables.  The default dynamic
     linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you
     are doing.

'--fatal-warnings'
'--no-fatal-warnings'
     Treat all warnings as errors.  The default behaviour can be
     restored with the option '--no-fatal-warnings'.

'--force-exe-suffix'
     Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix.

     If a successfully built fully linked output file does not have a
     '.exe' or '.dll' suffix, this option forces the linker to copy the
     output file to one of the same name with a '.exe' suffix.  This
     option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a
     Microsoft Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an
     image unless it ends in a '.exe' suffix.

'--gc-sections'
'--no-gc-sections'
     Enable garbage collection of unused input sections.  It is ignored
     on targets that do not support this option.  The default behaviour
     (of not performing this garbage collection) can be restored by
     specifying '--no-gc-sections' on the command line.

     '--gc-sections' decides which input sections are used by examining
     symbols and relocations.  The section containing the entry symbol
     and all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line
     will be kept, as will sections containing symbols referenced by
     dynamic objects.  Note that when building shared libraries, the
     linker must assume that any visible symbol is referenced.  Once
     this initial set of sections has been determined, the linker
     recursively marks as used any section referenced by their
     relocations.  See '--entry' and '--undefined'.

     This option can be set when doing a partial link (enabled with
     option '-r').  In this case the root of symbols kept must be
     explicitly specified either by an '--entry' or '--undefined' option
     or by a 'ENTRY' command in the linker script.

'--print-gc-sections'
'--no-print-gc-sections'
     List all sections removed by garbage collection.  The listing is
     printed on stderr.  This option is only effective if garbage
     collection has been enabled via the '--gc-sections') option.  The
     default behaviour (of not listing the sections that are removed)
     can be restored by specifying '--no-print-gc-sections' on the
     command line.

'--print-output-format'
     Print the name of the default output format (perhaps influenced by
     other command-line options).  This is the string that would appear
     in an 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' linker script command (*note File
     Commands::).

'--help'
     Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output
     and exit.

'--target-help'
     Print a summary of all target specific options on the standard
     output and exit.

'-Map=MAPFILE'
     Print a link map to the file MAPFILE.  See the description of the
     '-M' option, above.

'--no-keep-memory'
     'ld' normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the
     symbol tables of input files in memory.  This option tells 'ld' to
     instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables
     as necessary.  This may be required if 'ld' runs out of memory
     space while linking a large executable.

'--no-undefined'
'-z defs'
     Report unresolved symbol references from regular object files.
     This is done even if the linker is creating a non-symbolic shared
     library.  The switch '--[no-]allow-shlib-undefined' controls the
     behaviour for reporting unresolved references found in shared
     libraries being linked in.

'--allow-multiple-definition'
'-z muldefs'
     Normally when a symbol is defined multiple times, the linker will
     report a fatal error.  These options allow multiple definitions and
     the first definition will be used.

'--allow-shlib-undefined'
'--no-allow-shlib-undefined'
     Allows or disallows undefined symbols in shared libraries.  This
     switch is similar to '--no-undefined' except that it determines the
     behaviour when the undefined symbols are in a shared library rather
     than a regular object file.  It does not affect how undefined
     symbols in regular object files are handled.

     The default behaviour is to report errors for any undefined symbols
     referenced in shared libraries if the linker is being used to
     create an executable, but to allow them if the linker is being used
     to create a shared library.

     The reasons for allowing undefined symbol references in shared
     libraries specified at link time are that:

        * A shared library specified at link time may not be the same as
          the one that is available at load time, so the symbol might
          actually be resolvable at load time.
        * There are some operating systems, eg BeOS and HPPA, where
          undefined symbols in shared libraries are normal.

          The BeOS kernel for example patches shared libraries at load
          time to select whichever function is most appropriate for the
          current architecture.  This is used, for example, to
          dynamically select an appropriate memset function.

'--no-undefined-version'
     Normally when a symbol has an undefined version, the linker will
     ignore it.  This option disallows symbols with undefined version
     and a fatal error will be issued instead.

'--default-symver'
     Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for
     unversioned exported symbols.

'--default-imported-symver'
     Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for
     unversioned imported symbols.

'--no-warn-mismatch'
     Normally 'ld' will give an error if you try to link together input
     files that are mismatched for some reason, perhaps because they
     have been compiled for different processors or for different
     endiannesses.  This option tells 'ld' that it should silently
     permit such possible errors.  This option should only be used with
     care, in cases when you have taken some special action that ensures
     that the linker errors are inappropriate.

'--no-warn-search-mismatch'
     Normally 'ld' will give a warning if it finds an incompatible
     library during a library search.  This option silences the warning.

'--no-whole-archive'
     Turn off the effect of the '--whole-archive' option for subsequent
     archive files.

'--noinhibit-exec'
     Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable.
     Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it
     encounters errors during the link process; it exits without writing
     an output file when it issues any error whatsoever.

'-nostdlib'
     Only search library directories explicitly specified on the command
     line.  Library directories specified in linker scripts (including
     linker scripts specified on the command line) are ignored.

'--oformat=OUTPUT-FORMAT'
     'ld' may be configured to support more than one kind of object
     file.  If your 'ld' is configured this way, you can use the
     '--oformat' option to specify the binary format for the output
     object file.  Even when 'ld' is configured to support alternative
     object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as 'ld'
     should be configured to produce as a default output format the most
     usual format on each machine.  OUTPUT-FORMAT is a text string, the
     name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.  (You
     can list the available binary formats with 'objdump -i'.)  The
     script command 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' can also specify the output format,
     but this option overrides it.  *Note BFD::.

'-pie'
'--pic-executable'
     Create a position independent executable.  This is currently only
     supported on ELF platforms.  Position independent executables are
     similar to shared libraries in that they are relocated by the
     dynamic linker to the virtual address the OS chooses for them
     (which can vary between invocations).  Like normal dynamically
     linked executables they can be executed and symbols defined in the
     executable cannot be overridden by shared libraries.

'-qmagic'
     This option is ignored for Linux compatibility.

'-Qy'
     This option is ignored for SVR4 compatibility.

'--relax'
'--no-relax'
     An option with machine dependent effects.  This option is only
     supported on a few targets.  *Note 'ld' and the H8/300: H8/300.
     *Note 'ld' and the Intel 960 family: i960.  *Note 'ld' and Xtensa
     Processors: Xtensa.  *Note 'ld' and the 68HC11 and 68HC12:
     M68HC11/68HC12.  *Note 'ld' and PowerPC 32-bit ELF Support: PowerPC
     ELF32.

     On some platforms the '--relax' option performs target specific,
     global optimizations that become possible when the linker resolves
     addressing in the program, such as relaxing address modes,
     synthesizing new instructions, selecting shorter version of current
     instructions, and combining constant values.

     On some platforms these link time global optimizations may make
     symbolic debugging of the resulting executable impossible.  This is
     known to be the case for the Matsushita MN10200 and MN10300 family
     of processors.

     On platforms where this is not supported, '--relax' is accepted,
     but ignored.

     On platforms where '--relax' is accepted the option '--no-relax'
     can be used to disable the feature.

'--retain-symbols-file=FILENAME'
     Retain _only_ the symbols listed in the file FILENAME, discarding
     all others.  FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
     per line.  This option is especially useful in environments (such
     as VxWorks) where a large global symbol table is accumulated
     gradually, to conserve run-time memory.

     '--retain-symbols-file' does _not_ discard undefined symbols, or
     symbols needed for relocations.

     You may only specify '--retain-symbols-file' once in the command
     line.  It overrides '-s' and '-S'.

'-rpath=DIR'
     Add a directory to the runtime library search path.  This is used
     when linking an ELF executable with shared objects.  All '-rpath'
     arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which
     uses them to locate shared objects at runtime.  The '-rpath' option
     is also used when locating shared objects which are needed by
     shared objects explicitly included in the link; see the description
     of the '-rpath-link' option.  If '-rpath' is not used when linking
     an ELF executable, the contents of the environment variable
     'LD_RUN_PATH' will be used if it is defined.

     The '-rpath' option may also be used on SunOS. By default, on
     SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search patch out of all the
     '-L' options it is given.  If a '-rpath' option is used, the
     runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the '-rpath'
     options, ignoring the '-L' options.  This can be useful when using
     gcc, which adds many '-L' options which may be on NFS mounted file
     systems.

     For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the '-R' option is
     followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is
     treated as the '-rpath' option.

'-rpath-link=DIR'
     When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another.
     This happens when an 'ld -shared' link includes a shared library as
     one of the input files.

     When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a
     non-shared, non-relocatable link, it will automatically try to
     locate the required shared library and include it in the link, if
     it is not included explicitly.  In such a case, the '-rpath-link'
     option specifies the first set of directories to search.  The
     '-rpath-link' option may specify a sequence of directory names
     either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by
     appearing multiple times.

     This option should be used with caution as it overrides the search
     path that may have been hard compiled into a shared library.  In
     such a case it is possible to use unintentionally a different
     search path than the runtime linker would do.

     The linker uses the following search paths to locate required
     shared libraries:
       1. Any directories specified by '-rpath-link' options.
       2. Any directories specified by '-rpath' options.  The difference
          between '-rpath' and '-rpath-link' is that directories
          specified by '-rpath' options are included in the executable
          and used at runtime, whereas the '-rpath-link' option is only
          effective at link time.  Searching '-rpath' in this way is
          only supported by native linkers and cross linkers which have
          been configured with the '--with-sysroot' option.
       3. On an ELF system, for native linkers, if the '-rpath' and
          '-rpath-link' options were not used, search the contents of
          the environment variable 'LD_RUN_PATH'.
       4. On SunOS, if the '-rpath' option was not used, search any
          directories specified using '-L' options.
       5. For a native linker, search the contents of the environment
          variable 'LD_LIBRARY_PATH'.
       6. For a native ELF linker, the directories in 'DT_RUNPATH' or
          'DT_RPATH' of a shared library are searched for shared
          libraries needed by it.  The 'DT_RPATH' entries are ignored if
          'DT_RUNPATH' entries exist.
       7. The default directories, normally '/lib' and '/usr/lib'.
       8. For a native linker on an ELF system, if the file
          '/etc/ld.so.conf' exists, the list of directories found in
          that file.

     If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue
     a warning and continue with the link.

'-shared'
'-Bshareable'
     Create a shared library.  This is currently only supported on ELF,
     XCOFF and SunOS platforms.  On SunOS, the linker will automatically
     create a shared library if the '-e' option is not used and there
     are undefined symbols in the link.

'--sort-common'
'--sort-common=ascending'
'--sort-common=descending'
     This option tells 'ld' to sort the common symbols by alignment in
     ascending or descending order when it places them in the
     appropriate output sections.  The symbol alignments considered are
     sixteen-byte or larger, eight-byte, four-byte, two-byte, and
     one-byte.  This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to alignment
     constraints.  If no sorting order is specified, then descending
     order is assumed.

'--sort-section=name'
     This option will apply 'SORT_BY_NAME' to all wildcard section
     patterns in the linker script.

'--sort-section=alignment'
     This option will apply 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' to all wildcard section
     patterns in the linker script.

'--split-by-file[=SIZE]'
     Similar to '--split-by-reloc' but creates a new output section for
     each input file when SIZE is reached.  SIZE defaults to a size of 1
     if not given.

'--split-by-reloc[=COUNT]'
     Tries to creates extra sections in the output file so that no
     single output section in the file contains more than COUNT
     relocations.  This is useful when generating huge relocatable files
     for downloading into certain real time kernels with the COFF object
     file format; since COFF cannot represent more than 65535
     relocations in a single section.  Note that this will fail to work
     with object file formats which do not support arbitrary sections.
     The linker will not split up individual input sections for
     redistribution, so if a single input section contains more than
     COUNT relocations one output section will contain that many
     relocations.  COUNT defaults to a value of 32768.

'--stats'
     Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker,
     such as execution time and memory usage.

'--sysroot=DIRECTORY'
     Use DIRECTORY as the location of the sysroot, overriding the
     configure-time default.  This option is only supported by linkers
     that were configured using '--with-sysroot'.

'--traditional-format'
     For some targets, the output of 'ld' is different in some ways from
     the output of some existing linker.  This switch requests 'ld' to
     use the traditional format instead.

     For example, on SunOS, 'ld' combines duplicate entries in the
     symbol string table.  This can reduce the size of an output file
     with full debugging information by over 30 percent.  Unfortunately,
     the SunOS 'dbx' program can not read the resulting program ('gdb'
     has no trouble).  The '--traditional-format' switch tells 'ld' to
     not combine duplicate entries.

'--section-start=SECTIONNAME=ORG'
     Locate a section in the output file at the absolute address given
     by ORG.  You may use this option as many times as necessary to
     locate multiple sections in the command line.  ORG must be a single
     hexadecimal integer; for compatibility with other linkers, you may
     omit the leading '0x' usually associated with hexadecimal values.
     _Note:_ there should be no white space between SECTIONNAME, the
     equals sign ("<=>"), and ORG.

'-Tbss=ORG'
'-Tdata=ORG'
'-Ttext=ORG'
     Same as '--section-start', with '.bss', '.data' or '.text' as the
     SECTIONNAME.

'-Ttext-segment=ORG'
     When creating an ELF executable or shared object, it will set the
     address of the first byte of the text segment.

'-Trodata-segment=ORG'
     When creating an ELF executable or shared object for a target where
     the read-only data is in its own segment separate from the
     executable text, it will set the address of the first byte of the
     read-only data segment.

'-Tldata-segment=ORG'
     When creating an ELF executable or shared object for x86-64 medium
     memory model, it will set the address of the first byte of the
     ldata segment.

'--unresolved-symbols=METHOD'
     Determine how to handle unresolved symbols.  There are four
     possible values for 'method':

     'ignore-all'
          Do not report any unresolved symbols.

     'report-all'
          Report all unresolved symbols.  This is the default.

     'ignore-in-object-files'
          Report unresolved symbols that are contained in shared
          libraries, but ignore them if they come from regular object
          files.

     'ignore-in-shared-libs'
          Report unresolved symbols that come from regular object files,
          but ignore them if they come from shared libraries.  This can
          be useful when creating a dynamic binary and it is known that
          all the shared libraries that it should be referencing are
          included on the linker's command line.

     The behaviour for shared libraries on their own can also be
     controlled by the '--[no-]allow-shlib-undefined' option.

     Normally the linker will generate an error message for each
     reported unresolved symbol but the option
     '--warn-unresolved-symbols' can change this to a warning.

'--dll-verbose'
'--verbose[=NUMBER]'
     Display the version number for 'ld' and list the linker emulations
     supported.  Display which input files can and cannot be opened.
     Display the linker script being used by the linker.  If the
     optional NUMBER argument > 1, plugin symbol status will also be
     displayed.

'--version-script=VERSION-SCRIPTFILE'
     Specify the name of a version script to the linker.  This is
     typically used when creating shared libraries to specify additional
     information about the version hierarchy for the library being
     created.  This option is only fully supported on ELF platforms
     which support shared libraries; see *note VERSION::.  It is
     partially supported on PE platforms, which can use version scripts
     to filter symbol visibility in auto-export mode: any symbols marked
     'local' in the version script will not be exported.  *Note WIN32::.

'--warn-common'
     Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or
     with a symbol definition.  Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy
     practice, but linkers on some other operating systems do not.  This
     option allows you to find potential problems from combining global
     symbols.  Unfortunately, some C libraries use this practice, so you
     may get some warnings about symbols in the libraries as well as in
     your programs.

     There are three kinds of global symbols, illustrated here by C
     examples:

     'int i = 1;'
          A definition, which goes in the initialized data section of
          the output file.

     'extern int i;'
          An undefined reference, which does not allocate space.  There
          must be either a definition or a common symbol for the
          variable somewhere.

     'int i;'
          A common symbol.  If there are only (one or more) common
          symbols for a variable, it goes in the uninitialized data area
          of the output file.  The linker merges multiple common symbols
          for the same variable into a single symbol.  If they are of
          different sizes, it picks the largest size.  The linker turns
          a common symbol into a declaration, if there is a definition
          of the same variable.

     The '--warn-common' option can produce five kinds of warnings.
     Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the
     symbol just encountered, and the second describes the previous
     symbol encountered with the same name.  One or both of the two
     symbols will be a common symbol.

       1. Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is
          already a definition for the symbol.
               FILE(SECTION): warning: common of `SYMBOL'
                  overridden by definition
               FILE(SECTION): warning: defined here

       2. Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later
          definition for the symbol is encountered.  This is the same as
          the previous case, except that the symbols are encountered in
          a different order.
               FILE(SECTION): warning: definition of `SYMBOL'
                  overriding common
               FILE(SECTION): warning: common is here

       3. Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common
          symbol.
               FILE(SECTION): warning: multiple common
                  of `SYMBOL'
               FILE(SECTION): warning: previous common is here

       4. Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol.
               FILE(SECTION): warning: common of `SYMBOL'
                  overridden by larger common
               FILE(SECTION): warning: larger common is here

       5. Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol.
          This is the same as the previous case, except that the symbols
          are encountered in a different order.
               FILE(SECTION): warning: common of `SYMBOL'
                  overriding smaller common
               FILE(SECTION): warning: smaller common is here

'--warn-constructors'
     Warn if any global constructors are used.  This is only useful for
     a few object file formats.  For formats like COFF or ELF, the
     linker can not detect the use of global constructors.

'--warn-multiple-gp'
     Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output
     file.  This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the
     Alpha.  Specifically, some processors put large-valued constants in
     a special section.  A special register (the global pointer) points
     into the middle of this section, so that constants can be loaded
     efficiently via a base-register relative addressing mode.  Since
     the offset in base-register relative mode is fixed and relatively
     small (e.g., 16 bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant
     pool.  Thus, in large programs, it is often necessary to use
     multiple global pointer values in order to be able to address all
     possible constants.  This option causes a warning to be issued
     whenever this case occurs.

'--warn-once'
     Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per
     module which refers to it.

'--warn-section-align'
     Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
     alignment.  Typically, the alignment will be set by an input
     section.  The address will only be changed if it not explicitly
     specified; that is, if the 'SECTIONS' command does not specify a
     start address for the section (*note SECTIONS::).

'--warn-shared-textrel'
     Warn if the linker adds a DT_TEXTREL to a shared object.

'--warn-alternate-em'
     Warn if an object has alternate ELF machine code.

'--warn-unresolved-symbols'
     If the linker is going to report an unresolved symbol (see the
     option '--unresolved-symbols') it will normally generate an error.
     This option makes it generate a warning instead.

'--error-unresolved-symbols'
     This restores the linker's default behaviour of generating errors
     when it is reporting unresolved symbols.

'--whole-archive'
     For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
     '--whole-archive' option, include every object file in the archive
     in the link, rather than searching the archive for the required
     object files.  This is normally used to turn an archive file into a
     shared library, forcing every object to be included in the
     resulting shared library.  This option may be used more than once.

     Two notes when using this option from gcc: First, gcc doesn't know
     about this option, so you have to use '-Wl,-whole-archive'.
     Second, don't forget to use '-Wl,-no-whole-archive' after your list
     of archives, because gcc will add its own list of archives to your
     link and you may not want this flag to affect those as well.

'--wrap=SYMBOL'
     Use a wrapper function for SYMBOL.  Any undefined reference to
     SYMBOL will be resolved to '__wrap_SYMBOL'.  Any undefined
     reference to '__real_SYMBOL' will be resolved to SYMBOL.

     This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function.  The
     wrapper function should be called '__wrap_SYMBOL'.  If it wishes to
     call the system function, it should call '__real_SYMBOL'.

     Here is a trivial example:

          void *
          __wrap_malloc (size_t c)
          {
            printf ("malloc called with %zu\n", c);
            return __real_malloc (c);
          }

     If you link other code with this file using '--wrap malloc', then
     all calls to 'malloc' will call the function '__wrap_malloc'
     instead.  The call to '__real_malloc' in '__wrap_malloc' will call
     the real 'malloc' function.

     You may wish to provide a '__real_malloc' function as well, so that
     links without the '--wrap' option will succeed.  If you do this,
     you should not put the definition of '__real_malloc' in the same
     file as '__wrap_malloc'; if you do, the assembler may resolve the
     call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to 'malloc'.

'--eh-frame-hdr'
     Request creation of '.eh_frame_hdr' section and ELF
     'PT_GNU_EH_FRAME' segment header.

'--no-ld-generated-unwind-info'
     Request creation of '.eh_frame' unwind info for linker generated
     code sections like PLT. This option is on by default if linker
     generated unwind info is supported.

'--enable-new-dtags'
'--disable-new-dtags'
     This linker can create the new dynamic tags in ELF. But the older
     ELF systems may not understand them.  If you specify
     '--enable-new-dtags', the new dynamic tags will be created as
     needed and older dynamic tags will be omitted.  If you specify
     '--disable-new-dtags', no new dynamic tags will be created.  By
     default, the new dynamic tags are not created.  Note that those
     options are only available for ELF systems.

'--hash-size=NUMBER'
     Set the default size of the linker's hash tables to a prime number
     close to NUMBER.  Increasing this value can reduce the length of
     time it takes the linker to perform its tasks, at the expense of
     increasing the linker's memory requirements.  Similarly reducing
     this value can reduce the memory requirements at the expense of
     speed.

'--hash-style=STYLE'
     Set the type of linker's hash table(s).  STYLE can be either 'sysv'
     for classic ELF '.hash' section, 'gnu' for new style GNU
     '.gnu.hash' section or 'both' for both the classic ELF '.hash' and
     new style GNU '.gnu.hash' hash tables.  The default is 'sysv'.

'--reduce-memory-overheads'
     This option reduces memory requirements at ld runtime, at the
     expense of linking speed.  This was introduced to select the old
     O(n^2) algorithm for link map file generation, rather than the new
     O(n) algorithm which uses about 40% more memory for symbol storage.

     Another effect of the switch is to set the default hash table size
     to 1021, which again saves memory at the cost of lengthening the
     linker's run time.  This is not done however if the '--hash-size'
     switch has been used.

     The '--reduce-memory-overheads' switch may be also be used to
     enable other tradeoffs in future versions of the linker.

'--build-id'
'--build-id=STYLE'
     Request creation of '.note.gnu.build-id' ELF note section.  The
     contents of the note are unique bits identifying this linked file.
     STYLE can be 'uuid' to use 128 random bits, 'sha1' to use a 160-bit
     SHA1 hash on the normative parts of the output contents, 'md5' to
     use a 128-bit MD5 hash on the normative parts of the output
     contents, or '0xHEXSTRING' to use a chosen bit string specified as
     an even number of hexadecimal digits ('-' and ':' characters
     between digit pairs are ignored).  If STYLE is omitted, 'sha1' is
     used.

     The 'md5' and 'sha1' styles produces an identifier that is always
     the same in an identical output file, but will be unique among all
     nonidentical output files.  It is not intended to be compared as a
     checksum for the file's contents.  A linked file may be changed
     later by other tools, but the build ID bit string identifying the
     original linked file does not change.

     Passing 'none' for STYLE disables the setting from any '--build-id'
     options earlier on the command line.

2.1.1 Options Specific to i386 PE Targets
-----------------------------------------

The i386 PE linker supports the '-shared' option, which causes the
output to be a dynamically linked library (DLL) instead of a normal
executable.  You should name the output '*.dll' when you use this
option.  In addition, the linker fully supports the standard '*.def'
files, which may be specified on the linker command line like an object
file (in fact, it should precede archives it exports symbols from, to
ensure that they get linked in, just like a normal object file).

   In addition to the options common to all targets, the i386 PE linker
support additional command line options that are specific to the i386 PE
target.  Options that take values may be separated from their values by
either a space or an equals sign.

'--add-stdcall-alias'
     If given, symbols with a stdcall suffix (@NN) will be exported
     as-is and also with the suffix stripped.  [This option is specific
     to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--base-file FILE'
     Use FILE as the name of a file in which to save the base addresses
     of all the relocations needed for generating DLLs with 'dlltool'.
     [This is an i386 PE specific option]

'--dll'
     Create a DLL instead of a regular executable.  You may also use
     '-shared' or specify a 'LIBRARY' in a given '.def' file.  [This
     option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--enable-long-section-names'
'--disable-long-section-names'
     The PE variants of the Coff object format add an extension that
     permits the use of section names longer than eight characters, the
     normal limit for Coff.  By default, these names are only allowed in
     object files, as fully-linked executable images do not carry the
     Coff string table required to support the longer names.  As a GNU
     extension, it is possible to allow their use in executable images
     as well, or to (probably pointlessly!)  disallow it in object
     files, by using these two options.  Executable images generated
     with these long section names are slightly non-standard, carrying
     as they do a string table, and may generate confusing output when
     examined with non-GNU PE-aware tools, such as file viewers and
     dumpers.  However, GDB relies on the use of PE long section names
     to find Dwarf-2 debug information sections in an executable image
     at runtime, and so if neither option is specified on the
     command-line, 'ld' will enable long section names, overriding the
     default and technically correct behaviour, when it finds the
     presence of debug information while linking an executable image and
     not stripping symbols.  [This option is valid for all PE targeted
     ports of the linker]

'--enable-stdcall-fixup'
'--disable-stdcall-fixup'
     If the link finds a symbol that it cannot resolve, it will attempt
     to do "fuzzy linking" by looking for another defined symbol that
     differs only in the format of the symbol name (cdecl vs stdcall)
     and will resolve that symbol by linking to the match.  For example,
     the undefined symbol '_foo' might be linked to the function
     '_foo@12', or the undefined symbol '_bar@16' might be linked to the
     function '_bar'.  When the linker does this, it prints a warning,
     since it normally should have failed to link, but sometimes import
     libraries generated from third-party dlls may need this feature to
     be usable.  If you specify '--enable-stdcall-fixup', this feature
     is fully enabled and warnings are not printed.  If you specify
     '--disable-stdcall-fixup', this feature is disabled and such
     mismatches are considered to be errors.  [This option is specific
     to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--leading-underscore'
'--no-leading-underscore'
     For most targets default symbol-prefix is an underscore and is
     defined in target's description.  By this option it is possible to
     disable/enable the default underscore symbol-prefix.

'--export-all-symbols'
     If given, all global symbols in the objects used to build a DLL
     will be exported by the DLL. Note that this is the default if there
     otherwise wouldn't be any exported symbols.  When symbols are
     explicitly exported via DEF files or implicitly exported via
     function attributes, the default is to not export anything else
     unless this option is given.  Note that the symbols 'DllMain@12',
     'DllEntryPoint@0', 'DllMainCRTStartup@12', and 'impure_ptr' will
     not be automatically exported.  Also, symbols imported from other
     DLLs will not be re-exported, nor will symbols specifying the DLL's
     internal layout such as those beginning with '_head_' or ending
     with '_iname'.  In addition, no symbols from 'libgcc', 'libstd++',
     'libmingw32', or 'crtX.o' will be exported.  Symbols whose names
     begin with '__rtti_' or '__builtin_' will not be exported, to help
     with C++ DLLs.  Finally, there is an extensive list of
     cygwin-private symbols that are not exported (obviously, this
     applies on when building DLLs for cygwin targets).  These
     cygwin-excludes are: '_cygwin_dll_entry@12',
     '_cygwin_crt0_common@8', '_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12',
     '_fmode', '_impure_ptr', 'cygwin_attach_dll', 'cygwin_premain0',
     'cygwin_premain1', 'cygwin_premain2', 'cygwin_premain3', and
     'environ'.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port
     of the linker]

'--exclude-symbols SYMBOL,SYMBOL,...'
     Specifies a list of symbols which should not be automatically
     exported.  The symbol names may be delimited by commas or colons.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--exclude-all-symbols'
     Specifies no symbols should be automatically exported.  [This
     option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--file-alignment'
     Specify the file alignment.  Sections in the file will always begin
     at file offsets which are multiples of this number.  This defaults
     to 512.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of
     the linker]

'--heap RESERVE'
'--heap RESERVE,COMMIT'
     Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally
     commit) to be used as heap for this program.  The default is 1MB
     reserved, 4K committed.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--image-base VALUE'
     Use VALUE as the base address of your program or dll.  This is the
     lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
     is loaded.  To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance
     of your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not
     overlap any other dlls.  The default is 0x400000 for executables,
     and 0x10000000 for dlls.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--kill-at'
     If given, the stdcall suffixes (@NN) will be stripped from symbols
     before they are exported.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--large-address-aware'
     If given, the appropriate bit in the "Characteristics" field of the
     COFF header is set to indicate that this executable supports
     virtual addresses greater than 2 gigabytes.  This should be used in
     conjunction with the /3GB or /USERVA=VALUE megabytes switch in the
     "[operating systems]" section of the BOOT.INI. Otherwise, this bit
     has no effect.  [This option is specific to PE targeted ports of
     the linker]

'--disable-large-address-aware'
     Reverts the effect of a previous '--large-address-aware' option.
     This is useful if '--large-address-aware' is always set by the
     compiler driver (e.g.  Cygwin gcc) and the executable does not
     support virtual addresses greater than 2 gigabytes.  [This option
     is specific to PE targeted ports of the linker]

'--major-image-version VALUE'
     Sets the major number of the "image version".  Defaults to 1.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--major-os-version VALUE'
     Sets the major number of the "os version".  Defaults to 4.  [This
     option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--major-subsystem-version VALUE'
     Sets the major number of the "subsystem version".  Defaults to 4.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--minor-image-version VALUE'
     Sets the minor number of the "image version".  Defaults to 0.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--minor-os-version VALUE'
     Sets the minor number of the "os version".  Defaults to 0.  [This
     option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--minor-subsystem-version VALUE'
     Sets the minor number of the "subsystem version".  Defaults to 0.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--output-def FILE'
     The linker will create the file FILE which will contain a DEF file
     corresponding to the DLL the linker is generating.  This DEF file
     (which should be called '*.def') may be used to create an import
     library with 'dlltool' or may be used as a reference to
     automatically or implicitly exported symbols.  [This option is
     specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--out-implib FILE'
     The linker will create the file FILE which will contain an import
     lib corresponding to the DLL the linker is generating.  This import
     lib (which should be called '*.dll.a' or '*.a' may be used to link
     clients against the generated DLL; this behaviour makes it possible
     to skip a separate 'dlltool' import library creation step.  [This
     option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--enable-auto-image-base'
     Automatically choose the image base for DLLs, unless one is
     specified using the '--image-base' argument.  By using a hash
     generated from the dllname to create unique image bases for each
     DLL, in-memory collisions and relocations which can delay program
     execution are avoided.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--disable-auto-image-base'
     Do not automatically generate a unique image base.  If there is no
     user-specified image base ('--image-base') then use the platform
     default.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of
     the linker]

'--dll-search-prefix STRING'
     When linking dynamically to a dll without an import library, search
     for '<string><basename>.dll' in preference to 'lib<basename>.dll'.
     This behaviour allows easy distinction between DLLs built for the
     various "subplatforms": native, cygwin, uwin, pw, etc.  For
     instance, cygwin DLLs typically use '--dll-search-prefix=cyg'.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--enable-auto-import'
     Do sophisticated linking of '_symbol' to '__imp__symbol' for DATA
     imports from DLLs, and create the necessary thunking symbols when
     building the import libraries with those DATA exports.  Note: Use
     of the 'auto-import' extension will cause the text section of the
     image file to be made writable.  This does not conform to the
     PE-COFF format specification published by Microsoft.

     Note - use of the 'auto-import' extension will also cause read only
     data which would normally be placed into the .rdata section to be
     placed into the .data section instead.  This is in order to work
     around a problem with consts that is described here:
     http://www.cygwin.com/ml/cygwin/2004-09/msg01101.html

     Using 'auto-import' generally will 'just work' - but sometimes you
     may see this message:

     "variable '<var>' can't be auto-imported.  Please read the
     documentation for ld's '--enable-auto-import' for details."

     This message occurs when some (sub)expression accesses an address
     ultimately given by the sum of two constants (Win32 import tables
     only allow one).  Instances where this may occur include accesses
     to member fields of struct variables imported from a DLL, as well
     as using a constant index into an array variable imported from a
     DLL. Any multiword variable (arrays, structs, long long, etc) may
     trigger this error condition.  However, regardless of the exact
     data type of the offending exported variable, ld will always detect
     it, issue the warning, and exit.

     There are several ways to address this difficulty, regardless of
     the data type of the exported variable:

     One way is to use -enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc switch.  This leaves
     the task of adjusting references in your client code for runtime
     environment, so this method works only when runtime environment
     supports this feature.

     A second solution is to force one of the 'constants' to be a
     variable - that is, unknown and un-optimizable at compile time.
     For arrays, there are two possibilities: a) make the indexee (the
     array's address) a variable, or b) make the 'constant' index a
     variable.  Thus:

          extern type extern_array[];
          extern_array[1] -->
             { volatile type *t=extern_array; t[1] }

     or

          extern type extern_array[];
          extern_array[1] -->
             { volatile int t=1; extern_array[t] }

     For structs (and most other multiword data types) the only option
     is to make the struct itself (or the long long, or the ...)
     variable:

          extern struct s extern_struct;
          extern_struct.field -->
             { volatile struct s *t=&extern_struct; t->field }

     or

          extern long long extern_ll;
          extern_ll -->
            { volatile long long * local_ll=&extern_ll; *local_ll }

     A third method of dealing with this difficulty is to abandon
     'auto-import' for the offending symbol and mark it with
     '__declspec(dllimport)'.  However, in practice that requires using
     compile-time #defines to indicate whether you are building a DLL,
     building client code that will link to the DLL, or merely
     building/linking to a static library.  In making the choice between
     the various methods of resolving the 'direct address with constant
     offset' problem, you should consider typical real-world usage:

     Original:
          --foo.h
          extern int arr[];
          --foo.c
          #include "foo.h"
          void main(int argc, char **argv){
            printf("%d\n",arr[1]);
          }

     Solution 1:
          --foo.h
          extern int arr[];
          --foo.c
          #include "foo.h"
          void main(int argc, char **argv){
            /* This workaround is for win32 and cygwin; do not "optimize" */
            volatile int *parr = arr;
            printf("%d\n",parr[1]);
          }

     Solution 2:
          --foo.h
          /* Note: auto-export is assumed (no __declspec(dllexport)) */
          #if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && \
            !(defined(FOO_BUILD_DLL) || defined(FOO_STATIC))
          #define FOO_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
          #else
          #define FOO_IMPORT
          #endif
          extern FOO_IMPORT int arr[];
          --foo.c
          #include "foo.h"
          void main(int argc, char **argv){
            printf("%d\n",arr[1]);
          }

     A fourth way to avoid this problem is to re-code your library to
     use a functional interface rather than a data interface for the
     offending variables (e.g.  set_foo() and get_foo() accessor
     functions).  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port
     of the linker]

'--disable-auto-import'
     Do not attempt to do sophisticated linking of '_symbol' to
     '__imp__symbol' for DATA imports from DLLs.  [This option is
     specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

'--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc'
     If your code contains expressions described in -enable-auto-import
     section, that is, DATA imports from DLL with non-zero offset, this
     switch will create a vector of 'runtime pseudo relocations' which
     can be used by runtime environment to adjust references to such
     data in your client code.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--disable-runtime-pseudo-reloc'
     Do not create pseudo relocations for non-zero offset DATA imports
     from DLLs.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port
     of the linker]

'--enable-extra-pe-debug'
     Show additional debug info related to auto-import symbol thunking.
     [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the
     linker]

'--section-alignment'
     Sets the section alignment.  Sections in memory will always begin
     at addresses which are a multiple of this number.  Defaults to
     0x1000.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of
     the linker]

'--stack RESERVE'
'--stack RESERVE,COMMIT'
     Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally
     commit) to be used as stack for this program.  The default is 2MB
     reserved, 4K committed.  [This option is specific to the i386 PE
     targeted port of the linker]

'--subsystem WHICH'
'--subsystem WHICH:MAJOR'
'--subsystem WHICH:MAJOR.MINOR'
     Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute.  The
     legal values for WHICH are 'native', 'windows', 'console', 'posix',
     and 'xbox'.  You may optionally set the subsystem version also.
     Numeric values are also accepted for WHICH.  [This option is
     specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker]

     The following options set flags in the 'DllCharacteristics' field
     of the PE file header: [These options are specific to PE targeted
     ports of the linker]

'--dynamicbase'
     The image base address may be relocated using address space layout
     randomization (ASLR). This feature was introduced with MS Windows
     Vista for i386 PE targets.

'--forceinteg'
     Code integrity checks are enforced.

'--nxcompat'
     The image is compatible with the Data Execution Prevention.  This
     feature was introduced with MS Windows XP SP2 for i386 PE targets.

'--no-isolation'
     Although the image understands isolation, do not isolate the image.

'--no-seh'
     The image does not use SEH. No SE handler may be called from this
     image.

'--no-bind'
     Do not bind this image.

'--wdmdriver'
     The driver uses the MS Windows Driver Model.

'--tsaware'
     The image is Terminal Server aware.

'--insert-timestamp'
     Insert a real timestamp into the image, rather than the default
     value of zero.  This will result in a slightly different results
     with each invocation, which could be helpful for distributing
     unique images.

2.1.2 Options specific to C6X uClinux targets
---------------------------------------------

The C6X uClinux target uses a binary format called DSBT to support
shared libraries.  Each shared library in the system needs to have a
unique index; all executables use an index of 0.

'--dsbt-size SIZE'
     This option sets the number of entires in the DSBT of the current
     executable or shared library to SIZE.  The default is to create a
     table with 64 entries.

'--dsbt-index INDEX'
     This option sets the DSBT index of the current executable or shared
     library to INDEX.  The default is 0, which is appropriate for
     generating executables.  If a shared library is generated with a
     DSBT index of 0, the 'R_C6000_DSBT_INDEX' relocs are copied into
     the output file.

     The '--no-merge-exidx-entries' switch disables the merging of
     adjacent exidx entries in frame unwind info.

2.1.3 Options specific to Motorola 68HC11 and 68HC12 targets
------------------------------------------------------------

The 68HC11 and 68HC12 linkers support specific options to control the
memory bank switching mapping and trampoline code generation.

'--no-trampoline'
     This option disables the generation of trampoline.  By default a
     trampoline is generated for each far function which is called using
     a 'jsr' instruction (this happens when a pointer to a far function
     is taken).

'--bank-window NAME'
     This option indicates to the linker the name of the memory region
     in the 'MEMORY' specification that describes the memory bank
     window.  The definition of such region is then used by the linker
     to compute paging and addresses within the memory window.

2.1.4 Options specific to Motorola 68K target
---------------------------------------------

The following options are supported to control handling of GOT
generation when linking for 68K targets.

'--got=TYPE'
     This option tells the linker which GOT generation scheme to use.
     TYPE should be one of 'single', 'negative', 'multigot' or 'target'.
     For more information refer to the Info entry for 'ld'.

2.1.5 Options specific to MIPS targets
--------------------------------------

The following options are supported to control microMIPS instruction
generation when linking for MIPS targets.

'--insn32'
'--no-insn32'
     These options control the choice of microMIPS instructions used in
     code generated by the linker, such as that in the PLT or lazy
     binding stubs, or in relaxation.  If '--insn32' is used, then the
     linker only uses 32-bit instruction encodings.  By default or if
     '--no-insn32' is used, all instruction encodings are used,
     including 16-bit ones where possible.


File: ld.info,  Node: Environment,  Prev: Options,  Up: Invocation

2.2 Environment Variables
=========================

You can change the behaviour of 'ld' with the environment variables
'GNUTARGET', 'LDEMULATION' and 'COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE'.

   'GNUTARGET' determines the input-file object format if you don't use
'-b' (or its synonym '--format').  Its value should be one of the BFD
names for an input format (*note BFD::).  If there is no 'GNUTARGET' in
the environment, 'ld' uses the natural format of the target.  If
'GNUTARGET' is set to 'default' then BFD attempts to discover the input
format by examining binary input files; this method often succeeds, but
there are potential ambiguities, since there is no method of ensuring
that the magic number used to specify object-file formats is unique.
However, the configuration procedure for BFD on each system places the
conventional format for that system first in the search-list, so
ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.

   'LDEMULATION' determines the default emulation if you don't use the
'-m' option.  The emulation can affect various aspects of linker
behaviour, particularly the default linker script.  You can list the
available emulations with the '--verbose' or '-V' options.  If the '-m'
option is not used, and the 'LDEMULATION' environment variable is not
defined, the default emulation depends upon how the linker was
configured.

   Normally, the linker will default to demangling symbols.  However, if
'COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE' is set in the environment, then it will default to
not demangling symbols.  This environment variable is used in a similar
fashion by the 'gcc' linker wrapper program.  The default may be
overridden by the '--demangle' and '--no-demangle' options.


File: ld.info,  Node: Scripts,  Next: Machine Dependent,  Prev: Invocation,  Up: Top

3 Linker Scripts
****************

Every link is controlled by a "linker script".  This script is written
in the linker command language.

   The main purpose of the linker script is to describe how the sections
in the input files should be mapped into the output file, and to control
the memory layout of the output file.  Most linker scripts do nothing
more than this.  However, when necessary, the linker script can also
direct the linker to perform many other operations, using the commands
described below.

   The linker always uses a linker script.  If you do not supply one
yourself, the linker will use a default script that is compiled into the
linker executable.  You can use the '--verbose' command line option to
display the default linker script.  Certain command line options, such
as '-r' or '-N', will affect the default linker script.

   You may supply your own linker script by using the '-T' command line
option.  When you do this, your linker script will replace the default
linker script.

   You may also use linker scripts implicitly by naming them as input
files to the linker, as though they were files to be linked.  *Note
Implicit Linker Scripts::.

* Menu:

* Basic Script Concepts::	Basic Linker Script Concepts
* Script Format::		Linker Script Format
* Simple Example::		Simple Linker Script Example
* Simple Commands::		Simple Linker Script Commands
* Assignments::			Assigning Values to Symbols
* SECTIONS::			SECTIONS Command
* MEMORY::			MEMORY Command
* PHDRS::			PHDRS Command
* VERSION::			VERSION Command
* Expressions::			Expressions in Linker Scripts
* Implicit Linker Scripts::	Implicit Linker Scripts


File: ld.info,  Node: Basic Script Concepts,  Next: Script Format,  Up: Scripts

3.1 Basic Linker Script Concepts
================================

We need to define some basic concepts and vocabulary in order to
describe the linker script language.

   The linker combines input files into a single output file.  The
output file and each input file are in a special data format known as an
"object file format".  Each file is called an "object file".  The output
file is often called an "executable", but for our purposes we will also
call it an object file.  Each object file has, among other things, a
list of "sections".  We sometimes refer to a section in an input file as
an "input section"; similarly, a section in the output file is an
"output section".

   Each section in an object file has a name and a size.  Most sections
also have an associated block of data, known as the "section contents".
A section may be marked as "loadable", which means that the contents
should be loaded into memory when the output file is run.  A section
with no contents may be "allocatable", which means that an area in
memory should be set aside, but nothing in particular should be loaded
there (in some cases this memory must be zeroed out).  A section which
is neither loadable nor allocatable typically contains some sort of
debugging information.

   Every loadable or allocatable output section has two addresses.  The
first is the "VMA", or virtual memory address.  This is the address the
section will have when the output file is run.  The second is the "LMA",
or load memory address.  This is the address at which the section will
be loaded.  In most cases the two addresses will be the same.  An
example of when they might be different is when a data section is loaded
into ROM, and then copied into RAM when the program starts up (this
technique is often used to initialize global variables in a ROM based
system).  In this case the ROM address would be the LMA, and the RAM
address would be the VMA.

   You can see the sections in an object file by using the 'objdump'
program with the '-h' option.

   Every object file also has a list of "symbols", known as the "symbol
table".  A symbol may be defined or undefined.  Each symbol has a name,
and each defined symbol has an address, among other information.  If you
compile a C or C++ program into an object file, you will get a defined
symbol for every defined function and global or static variable.  Every
undefined function or global variable which is referenced in the input
file will become an undefined symbol.

   You can see the symbols in an object file by using the 'nm' program,
or by using the 'objdump' program with the '-t' option.


File: ld.info,  Node: Script Format,  Next: Simple Example,  Prev: Basic Script Concepts,  Up: Scripts

3.2 Linker Script Format
========================

Linker scripts are text files.

   You write a linker script as a series of commands.  Each command is
either a keyword, possibly followed by arguments, or an assignment to a
symbol.  You may separate commands using semicolons.  Whitespace is
generally ignored.

   Strings such as file or format names can normally be entered
directly.  If the file name contains a character such as a comma which
would otherwise serve to separate file names, you may put the file name
in double quotes.  There is no way to use a double quote character in a
file name.

   You may include comments in linker scripts just as in C, delimited by
'/*' and '*/'.  As in C, comments are syntactically equivalent to
whitespace.


File: ld.info,  Node: Simple Example,  Next: Simple Commands,  Prev: Script Format,  Up: Scripts

3.3 Simple Linker Script Example
================================

Many linker scripts are fairly simple.

   The simplest possible linker script has just one command: 'SECTIONS'.
You use the 'SECTIONS' command to describe the memory layout of the
output file.

   The 'SECTIONS' command is a powerful command.  Here we will describe
a simple use of it.  Let's assume your program consists only of code,
initialized data, and uninitialized data.  These will be in the '.text',
'.data', and '.bss' sections, respectively.  Let's assume further that
these are the only sections which appear in your input files.

   For this example, let's say that the code should be loaded at address
0x10000, and that the data should start at address 0x8000000.  Here is a
linker script which will do that:
     SECTIONS
     {
       . = 0x10000;
       .text : { *(.text) }
       . = 0x8000000;
       .data : { *(.data) }
       .bss : { *(.bss) }
     }

   You write the 'SECTIONS' command as the keyword 'SECTIONS', followed
by a series of symbol assignments and output section descriptions
enclosed in curly braces.

   The first line inside the 'SECTIONS' command of the above example
sets the value of the special symbol '.', which is the location counter.
If you do not specify the address of an output section in some other way
(other ways are described later), the address is set from the current
value of the location counter.  The location counter is then incremented
by the size of the output section.  At the start of the 'SECTIONS'
command, the location counter has the value '0'.

   The second line defines an output section, '.text'.  The colon is
required syntax which may be ignored for now.  Within the curly braces
after the output section name, you list the names of the input sections
which should be placed into this output section.  The '*' is a wildcard
which matches any file name.  The expression '*(.text)' means all
'.text' input sections in all input files.

   Since the location counter is '0x10000' when the output section
'.text' is defined, the linker will set the address of the '.text'
section in the output file to be '0x10000'.

   The remaining lines define the '.data' and '.bss' sections in the
output file.  The linker will place the '.data' output section at
address '0x8000000'.  After the linker places the '.data' output
section, the value of the location counter will be '0x8000000' plus the
size of the '.data' output section.  The effect is that the linker will
place the '.bss' output section immediately after the '.data' output
section in memory.

   The linker will ensure that each output section has the required
alignment, by increasing the location counter if necessary.  In this
example, the specified addresses for the '.text' and '.data' sections
will probably satisfy any alignment constraints, but the linker may have
to create a small gap between the '.data' and '.bss' sections.

   That's it!  That's a simple and complete linker script.


File: ld.info,  Node: Simple Commands,  Next: Assignments,  Prev: Simple Example,  Up: Scripts

3.4 Simple Linker Script Commands
=================================

In this section we describe the simple linker script commands.

* Menu:

* Entry Point::			Setting the entry point
* File Commands::		Commands dealing with files
* Format Commands::		Commands dealing with object file formats

* REGION_ALIAS::		Assign alias names to memory regions
* Miscellaneous Commands::	Other linker script commands


File: ld.info,  Node: Entry Point,  Next: File Commands,  Up: Simple Commands

3.4.1 Setting the Entry Point
-----------------------------

The first instruction to execute in a program is called the "entry
point".  You can use the 'ENTRY' linker script command to set the entry
point.  The argument is a symbol name:
     ENTRY(SYMBOL)

   There are several ways to set the entry point.  The linker will set
the entry point by trying each of the following methods in order, and
stopping when one of them succeeds:
   * the '-e' ENTRY command-line option;
   * the 'ENTRY(SYMBOL)' command in a linker script;
   * the value of a target specific symbol, if it is defined; For many
     targets this is 'start', but PE and BeOS based systems for example
     check a list of possible entry symbols, matching the first one
     found.
   * the address of the first byte of the '.text' section, if present;
   * The address '0'.


File: ld.info,  Node: File Commands,  Next: Format Commands,  Prev: Entry Point,  Up: Simple Commands

3.4.2 Commands Dealing with Files
---------------------------------

Several linker script commands deal with files.

'INCLUDE FILENAME'
     Include the linker script FILENAME at this point.  The file will be
     searched for in the current directory, and in any directory
     specified with the '-L' option.  You can nest calls to 'INCLUDE' up
     to 10 levels deep.

     You can place 'INCLUDE' directives at the top level, in 'MEMORY' or
     'SECTIONS' commands, or in output section descriptions.

'INPUT(FILE, FILE, ...)'
'INPUT(FILE FILE ...)'
     The 'INPUT' command directs the linker to include the named files
     in the link, as though they were named on the command line.

     For example, if you always want to include 'subr.o' any time you do
     a link, but you can't be bothered to put it on every link command
     line, then you can put 'INPUT (subr.o)' in your linker script.

     In fact, if you like, you can list all of your input files in the
     linker script, and then invoke the linker with nothing but a '-T'
     option.

     In case a "sysroot prefix" is configured, and the filename starts
     with the '/' character, and the script being processed was located
     inside the "sysroot prefix", the filename will be looked for in the
     "sysroot prefix".  Otherwise, the linker will try to open the file
     in the current directory.  If it is not found, the linker will
     search through the archive library search path.  See the
     description of '-L' in *note Command Line Options: Options.

     If you use 'INPUT (-lFILE)', 'ld' will transform the name to
     'libFILE.a', as with the command line argument '-l'.

     When you use the 'INPUT' command in an implicit linker script, the
     files will be included in the link at the point at which the linker
     script file is included.  This can affect archive searching.

'GROUP(FILE, FILE, ...)'
'GROUP(FILE FILE ...)'
     The 'GROUP' command is like 'INPUT', except that the named files
     should all be archives, and they are searched repeatedly until no
     new undefined references are created.  See the description of '-('
     in *note Command Line Options: Options.

'AS_NEEDED(FILE, FILE, ...)'
'AS_NEEDED(FILE FILE ...)'
     This construct can appear only inside of the 'INPUT' or 'GROUP'
     commands, among other filenames.  The files listed will be handled
     as if they appear directly in the 'INPUT' or 'GROUP' commands, with
     the exception of ELF shared libraries, that will be added only when
     they are actually needed.  This construct essentially enables
     '--as-needed' option for all the files listed inside of it and
     restores previous '--as-needed' resp.  '--no-as-needed' setting
     afterwards.

'OUTPUT(FILENAME)'
     The 'OUTPUT' command names the output file.  Using
     'OUTPUT(FILENAME)' in the linker script is exactly like using '-o
     FILENAME' on the command line (*note Command Line Options:
     Options.).  If both are used, the command line option takes
     precedence.

     You can use the 'OUTPUT' command to define a default name for the
     output file other than the usual default of 'a.out'.

'SEARCH_DIR(PATH)'
     The 'SEARCH_DIR' command adds PATH to the list of paths where 'ld'
     looks for archive libraries.  Using 'SEARCH_DIR(PATH)' is exactly
     like using '-L PATH' on the command line (*note Command Line
     Options: Options.).  If both are used, then the linker will search
     both paths.  Paths specified using the command line option are
     searched first.

'STARTUP(FILENAME)'
     The 'STARTUP' command is just like the 'INPUT' command, except that
     FILENAME will become the first input file to be linked, as though
     it were specified first on the command line.  This may be useful
     when using a system in which the entry point is always the start of
     the first file.


File: ld.info,  Node: Format Commands,  Next: REGION_ALIAS,  Prev: File Commands,  Up: Simple Commands

3.4.3 Commands Dealing with Object File Formats
-----------------------------------------------

A couple of linker script commands deal with object file formats.

'OUTPUT_FORMAT(BFDNAME)'
'OUTPUT_FORMAT(DEFAULT, BIG, LITTLE)'
     The 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' command names the BFD format to use for the
     output file (*note BFD::).  Using 'OUTPUT_FORMAT(BFDNAME)' is
     exactly like using '--oformat BFDNAME' on the command line (*note
     Command Line Options: Options.).  If both are used, the command
     line option takes precedence.

     You can use 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' with three arguments to use different
     formats based on the '-EB' and '-EL' command line options.  This
     permits the linker script to set the output format based on the
     desired endianness.

     If neither '-EB' nor '-EL' are used, then the output format will be
     the first argument, DEFAULT.  If '-EB' is used, the output format
     will be the second argument, BIG.  If '-EL' is used, the output
     format will be the third argument, LITTLE.

     For example, the default linker script for the MIPS ELF target uses
     this command:
          OUTPUT_FORMAT(elf32-bigmips, elf32-bigmips, elf32-littlemips)
     This says that the default format for the output file is
     'elf32-bigmips', but if the user uses the '-EL' command line
     option, the output file will be created in the 'elf32-littlemips'
     format.

'TARGET(BFDNAME)'
     The 'TARGET' command names the BFD format to use when reading input
     files.  It affects subsequent 'INPUT' and 'GROUP' commands.  This
     command is like using '-b BFDNAME' on the command line (*note
     Command Line Options: Options.).  If the 'TARGET' command is used
     but 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' is not, then the last 'TARGET' command is also
     used to set the format for the output file.  *Note BFD::.


File: ld.info,  Node: REGION_ALIAS,  Next: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: Format Commands,  Up: Simple Commands

3.4.4 Assign alias names to memory regions
------------------------------------------

Alias names can be added to existing memory regions created with the
*note MEMORY:: command.  Each name corresponds to at most one memory
region.

     REGION_ALIAS(ALIAS, REGION)

   The 'REGION_ALIAS' function creates an alias name ALIAS for the
memory region REGION.  This allows a flexible mapping of output sections
to memory regions.  An example follows.

   Suppose we have an application for embedded systems which come with
various memory storage devices.  All have a general purpose, volatile
memory 'RAM' that allows code execution or data storage.  Some may have
a read-only, non-volatile memory 'ROM' that allows code execution and
read-only data access.  The last variant is a read-only, non-volatile
memory 'ROM2' with read-only data access and no code execution
capability.  We have four output sections:

   * '.text' program code;
   * '.rodata' read-only data;
   * '.data' read-write initialized data;
   * '.bss' read-write zero initialized data.

   The goal is to provide a linker command file that contains a system
independent part defining the output sections and a system dependent
part mapping the output sections to the memory regions available on the
system.  Our embedded systems come with three different memory setups
'A', 'B' and 'C':
Section            Variant A          Variant B          Variant C
.text              RAM                ROM                ROM
.rodata            RAM                ROM                ROM2
.data              RAM                RAM/ROM            RAM/ROM2
.bss               RAM                RAM                RAM
   The notation 'RAM/ROM' or 'RAM/ROM2' means that this section is
loaded into region 'ROM' or 'ROM2' respectively.  Please note that the
load address of the '.data' section starts in all three variants at the
end of the '.rodata' section.

   The base linker script that deals with the output sections follows.
It includes the system dependent 'linkcmds.memory' file that describes
the memory layout:
     INCLUDE linkcmds.memory

     SECTIONS
       {
         .text :
           {
             *(.text)
           } > REGION_TEXT
         .rodata :
           {
             *(.rodata)
             rodata_end = .;
           } > REGION_RODATA
         .data : AT (rodata_end)
           {
             data_start = .;
             *(.data)
           } > REGION_DATA
         data_size = SIZEOF(.data);
         data_load_start = LOADADDR(.data);
         .bss :
           {
             *(.bss)
           } > REGION_BSS
       }

   Now we need three different 'linkcmds.memory' files to define memory
regions and alias names.  The content of 'linkcmds.memory' for the three
variants 'A', 'B' and 'C':
'A'
     Here everything goes into the 'RAM'.
          MEMORY
            {
              RAM : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 4M
            }

          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", RAM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", RAM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", RAM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", RAM);
'B'
     Program code and read-only data go into the 'ROM'.  Read-write data
     goes into the 'RAM'.  An image of the initialized data is loaded
     into the 'ROM' and will be copied during system start into the
     'RAM'.
          MEMORY
            {
              ROM : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 3M
              RAM : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 1M
            }

          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ROM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", ROM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", RAM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", RAM);
'C'
     Program code goes into the 'ROM'.  Read-only data goes into the
     'ROM2'.  Read-write data goes into the 'RAM'.  An image of the
     initialized data is loaded into the 'ROM2' and will be copied
     during system start into the 'RAM'.
          MEMORY
            {
              ROM : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 2M
              ROM2 : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 1M
              RAM : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 1M
            }

          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ROM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", ROM2);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", RAM);
          REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", RAM);

   It is possible to write a common system initialization routine to
copy the '.data' section from 'ROM' or 'ROM2' into the 'RAM' if
necessary:
     #include <string.h>

     extern char data_start [];
     extern char data_size [];
     extern char data_load_start [];

     void copy_data(void)
     {
       if (data_start != data_load_start)
         {
           memcpy(data_start, data_load_start, (size_t) data_size);
         }
     }


File: ld.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: REGION_ALIAS,  Up: Simple Commands

3.4.5 Other Linker Script Commands
----------------------------------

There are a few other linker scripts commands.

'ASSERT(EXP, MESSAGE)'
     Ensure that EXP is non-zero.  If it is zero, then exit the linker
     with an error code, and print MESSAGE.

'EXTERN(SYMBOL SYMBOL ...)'
     Force SYMBOL to be entered in the output file as an undefined
     symbol.  Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional
     modules from standard libraries.  You may list several SYMBOLs for
     each 'EXTERN', and you may use 'EXTERN' multiple times.  This
     command has the same effect as the '-u' command-line option.

'FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION'
     This command has the same effect as the '-d' command-line option:
     to make 'ld' assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable
     output file is specified ('-r').

'INHIBIT_COMMON_ALLOCATION'
     This command has the same effect as the '--no-define-common'
     command-line option: to make 'ld' omit the assignment of addresses
     to common symbols even for a non-relocatable output file.

'INSERT [ AFTER | BEFORE ] OUTPUT_SECTION'
     This command is typically used in a script specified by '-T' to
     augment the default 'SECTIONS' with, for example, overlays.  It
     inserts all prior linker script statements after (or before)
     OUTPUT_SECTION, and also causes '-T' to not override the default
     linker script.  The exact insertion point is as for orphan
     sections.  *Note Location Counter::.  The insertion happens after
     the linker has mapped input sections to output sections.  Prior to
     the insertion, since '-T' scripts are parsed before the default
     linker script, statements in the '-T' script occur before the
     default linker script statements in the internal linker
     representation of the script.  In particular, input section
     assignments will be made to '-T' output sections before those in
     the default script.  Here is an example of how a '-T' script using
     'INSERT' might look:

          SECTIONS
          {
            OVERLAY :
            {
              .ov1 { ov1*(.text) }
              .ov2 { ov2*(.text) }
            }
          }
          INSERT AFTER .text;

'NOCROSSREFS(SECTION SECTION ...)'
     This command may be used to tell 'ld' to issue an error about any
     references among certain output sections.

     In certain types of programs, particularly on embedded systems when
     using overlays, when one section is loaded into memory, another
     section will not be.  Any direct references between the two
     sections would be errors.  For example, it would be an error if
     code in one section called a function defined in the other section.

     The 'NOCROSSREFS' command takes a list of output section names.  If
     'ld' detects any cross references between the sections, it reports
     an error and returns a non-zero exit status.  Note that the
     'NOCROSSREFS' command uses output section names, not input section
     names.

'OUTPUT_ARCH(BFDARCH)'
     Specify a particular output machine architecture.  The argument is
     one of the names used by the BFD library (*note BFD::).  You can
     see the architecture of an object file by using the 'objdump'
     program with the '-f' option.

'LD_FEATURE(STRING)'
     This command may be used to modify 'ld' behavior.  If STRING is
     '"SANE_EXPR"' then absolute symbols and numbers in a script are
     simply treated as numbers everywhere.  *Note Expression Section::.


File: ld.info,  Node: Assignments,  Next: SECTIONS,  Prev: Simple Commands,  Up: Scripts

3.5 Assigning Values to Symbols
===============================

You may assign a value to a symbol in a linker script.  This will define
the symbol and place it into the symbol table with a global scope.

* Menu:

* Simple Assignments::		Simple Assignments
* HIDDEN::			HIDDEN
* PROVIDE::			PROVIDE
* PROVIDE_HIDDEN::		PROVIDE_HIDDEN
* Source Code Reference::	How to use a linker script defined symbol in source code


File: ld.info,  Node: Simple Assignments,  Next: HIDDEN,  Up: Assignments

3.5.1 Simple Assignments
------------------------

You may assign to a symbol using any of the C assignment operators:

'SYMBOL = EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL += EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL -= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL *= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL /= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL <<= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL >>= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL &= EXPRESSION ;'
'SYMBOL |= EXPRESSION ;'

   The first case will define SYMBOL to the value of EXPRESSION.  In the
other cases, SYMBOL must already be defined, and the value will be
adjusted accordingly.

   The special symbol name '.' indicates the location counter.  You may
only use this within a 'SECTIONS' command.  *Note Location Counter::.

   The semicolon after EXPRESSION is required.

   Expressions are defined below; see *note Expressions::.

   You may write symbol assignments as commands in their own right, or
as statements within a 'SECTIONS' command, or as part of an output
section description in a 'SECTIONS' command.

   The section of the symbol will be set from the section of the
expression; for more information, see *note Expression Section::.

   Here is an example showing the three different places that symbol
assignments may be used:

     floating_point = 0;
     SECTIONS
     {
       .text :
         {
           *(.text)
           _etext = .;
         }
       _bdata = (. + 3) & ~ 3;
       .data : { *(.data) }
     }
In this example, the symbol 'floating_point' will be defined as zero.
The symbol '_etext' will be defined as the address following the last
'.text' input section.  The symbol '_bdata' will be defined as the
address following the '.text' output section aligned upward to a 4 byte
boundary.


File: ld.info,  Node: HIDDEN,  Next: PROVIDE,  Prev: Simple Assignments,  Up: Assignments

3.5.2 HIDDEN
------------

For ELF targeted ports, define a symbol that will be hidden and won't be
exported.  The syntax is 'HIDDEN(SYMBOL = EXPRESSION)'.

   Here is the example from *note Simple Assignments::, rewritten to use
'HIDDEN':

     HIDDEN(floating_point = 0);
     SECTIONS
     {
       .text :
         {
           *(.text)
           HIDDEN(_etext = .);
         }
       HIDDEN(_bdata = (. + 3) & ~ 3);
       .data : { *(.data) }
     }
In this case none of the three symbols will be visible outside this
module.


File: ld.info,  Node: PROVIDE,  Next: PROVIDE_HIDDEN,  Prev: HIDDEN,  Up: Assignments

3.5.3 PROVIDE
-------------

In some cases, it is desirable for a linker script to define a symbol
only if it is referenced and is not defined by any object included in
the link.  For example, traditional linkers defined the symbol 'etext'.
However, ANSI C requires that the user be able to use 'etext' as a
function name without encountering an error.  The 'PROVIDE' keyword may
be used to define a symbol, such as 'etext', only if it is referenced
but not defined.  The syntax is 'PROVIDE(SYMBOL = EXPRESSION)'.

   Here is an example of using 'PROVIDE' to define 'etext':
     SECTIONS
     {
       .text :
         {
           *(.text)
           _etext = .;
           PROVIDE(etext = .);
         }
     }

   In this example, if the program defines '_etext' (with a leading
underscore), the linker will give a multiple definition error.  If, on
the other hand, the program defines 'etext' (with no leading
underscore), the linker will silently use the definition in the program.
If the program references 'etext' but does not define it, the linker
will use the definition in the linker script.


File: ld.info,  Node: PROVIDE_HIDDEN,  Next: Source Code Reference,  Prev: PROVIDE,  Up: Assignments

3.5.4 PROVIDE_HIDDEN
--------------------

Similar to 'PROVIDE'.  For ELF targeted ports, the symbol will be hidden
and won't be exported.


File: ld.info,  Node: Source Code Reference,  Prev: PROVIDE_HIDDEN,  Up: Assignments

3.5.5 Source Code Reference
---------------------------

Accessing a linker script defined variable from source code is not
intuitive.  In particular a linker script symbol is not equivalent to a
variable declaration in a high level language, it is instead a symbol
that does not have a value.

   Before going further, it is important to note that compilers often
transform names in the source code into different names when they are
stored in the symbol table.  For example, Fortran compilers commonly
prepend or append an underscore, and C++ performs extensive 'name
mangling'.  Therefore there might be a discrepancy between the name of a
variable as it is used in source code and the name of the same variable
as it is defined in a linker script.  For example in C a linker script
variable might be referred to as:

       extern int foo;

   But in the linker script it might be defined as:

       _foo = 1000;

   In the remaining examples however it is assumed that no name
transformation has taken place.

   When a symbol is declared in a high level language such as C, two
things happen.  The first is that the compiler reserves enough space in
the program's memory to hold the _value_ of the symbol.  The second is
that the compiler creates an entry in the program's symbol table which
holds the symbol's _address_.  ie the symbol table contains the address
of the block of memory holding the symbol's value.  So for example the
following C declaration, at file scope:

       int foo = 1000;

   creates an entry called 'foo' in the symbol table.  This entry holds
the address of an 'int' sized block of memory where the number 1000 is
initially stored.

   When a program references a symbol the compiler generates code that
first accesses the symbol table to find the address of the symbol's
memory block and then code to read the value from that memory block.
So:

       foo = 1;

   looks up the symbol 'foo' in the symbol table, gets the address
associated with this symbol and then writes the value 1 into that
address.  Whereas:

       int * a = & foo;

   looks up the symbol 'foo' in the symbol table, gets its address and
then copies this address into the block of memory associated with the
variable 'a'.

   Linker scripts symbol declarations, by contrast, create an entry in
the symbol table but do not assign any memory to them.  Thus they are an
address without a value.  So for example the linker script definition:

       foo = 1000;

   creates an entry in the symbol table called 'foo' which holds the
address of memory location 1000, but nothing special is stored at
address 1000.  This means that you cannot access the _value_ of a linker
script defined symbol - it has no value - all you can do is access the
_address_ of a linker script defined symbol.

   Hence when you are using a linker script defined symbol in source
code you should always take the address of the symbol, and never attempt
to use its value.  For example suppose you want to copy the contents of
a section of memory called .ROM into a section called .FLASH and the
linker script contains these declarations:

       start_of_ROM   = .ROM;
       end_of_ROM     = .ROM + sizeof (.ROM) - 1;
       start_of_FLASH = .FLASH;

   Then the C source code to perform the copy would be:

       extern char start_of_ROM, end_of_ROM, start_of_FLASH;

       memcpy (& start_of_FLASH, & start_of_ROM, & end_of_ROM - & start_of_ROM);

   Note the use of the '&' operators.  These are correct.


File: ld.info,  Node: SECTIONS,  Next: MEMORY,  Prev: Assignments,  Up: Scripts

3.6 SECTIONS Command
====================

The 'SECTIONS' command tells the linker how to map input sections into
output sections, and how to place the output sections in memory.

   The format of the 'SECTIONS' command is:
     SECTIONS
     {
       SECTIONS-COMMAND
       SECTIONS-COMMAND
       ...
     }

   Each SECTIONS-COMMAND may of be one of the following:

   * an 'ENTRY' command (*note Entry command: Entry Point.)
   * a symbol assignment (*note Assignments::)
   * an output section description
   * an overlay description

   The 'ENTRY' command and symbol assignments are permitted inside the
'SECTIONS' command for convenience in using the location counter in
those commands.  This can also make the linker script easier to
understand because you can use those commands at meaningful points in
the layout of the output file.

   Output section descriptions and overlay descriptions are described
below.

   If you do not use a 'SECTIONS' command in your linker script, the
linker will place each input section into an identically named output
section in the order that the sections are first encountered in the
input files.  If all input sections are present in the first file, for
example, the order of sections in the output file will match the order
in the first input file.  The first section will be at address zero.

* Menu:

* Output Section Description::	Output section description
* Output Section Name::		Output section name
* Output Section Address::	Output section address
* Input Section::		Input section description
* Output Section Data::		Output section data
* Output Section Keywords::	Output section keywords
* Output Section Discarding::	Output section discarding
* Output Section Attributes::	Output section attributes
* Overlay Description::		Overlay description


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Description,  Next: Output Section Name,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.1 Output Section Description
--------------------------------

The full description of an output section looks like this:
     SECTION [ADDRESS] [(TYPE)] :
       [AT(LMA)]
       [ALIGN(SECTION_ALIGN) | ALIGN_WITH_INPUT]
       [SUBALIGN(SUBSECTION_ALIGN)]
       [CONSTRAINT]
       {
         OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
         OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
         ...
       } [>REGION] [AT>LMA_REGION] [:PHDR :PHDR ...] [=FILLEXP]

   Most output sections do not use most of the optional section
attributes.

   The whitespace around SECTION is required, so that the section name
is unambiguous.  The colon and the curly braces are also required.  The
line breaks and other white space are optional.

   Each OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND may be one of the following:

   * a symbol assignment (*note Assignments::)
   * an input section description (*note Input Section::)
   * data values to include directly (*note Output Section Data::)
   * a special output section keyword (*note Output Section Keywords::)


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Name,  Next: Output Section Address,  Prev: Output Section Description,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.2 Output Section Name
-------------------------

The name of the output section is SECTION.  SECTION must meet the
constraints of your output format.  In formats which only support a
limited number of sections, such as 'a.out', the name must be one of the
names supported by the format ('a.out', for example, allows only
'.text', '.data' or '.bss').  If the output format supports any number
of sections, but with numbers and not names (as is the case for Oasys),
the name should be supplied as a quoted numeric string.  A section name
may consist of any sequence of characters, but a name which contains any
unusual characters such as commas must be quoted.

   The output section name '/DISCARD/' is special; *note Output Section
Discarding::.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Address,  Next: Input Section,  Prev: Output Section Name,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.3 Output Section Address
----------------------------

The ADDRESS is an expression for the VMA (the virtual memory address) of
the output section.  This address is optional, but if it is provided
then the output address will be set exactly as specified.

   If the output address is not specified then one will be chosen for
the section, based on the heuristic below.  This address will be
adjusted to fit the alignment requirement of the output section.  The
alignment requirement is the strictest alignment of any input section
contained within the output section.

   The output section address heuristic is as follows:

   * If an output memory REGION is set for the section then it is added
     to this region and its address will be the next free address in
     that region.

   * If the MEMORY command has been used to create a list of memory
     regions then the first region which has attributes compatible with
     the section is selected to contain it.  The section's output
     address will be the next free address in that region; *note
     MEMORY::.

   * If no memory regions were specified, or none match the section then
     the output address will be based on the current value of the
     location counter.

For example:

     .text . : { *(.text) }

and

     .text : { *(.text) }

are subtly different.  The first will set the address of the '.text'
output section to the current value of the location counter.  The second
will set it to the current value of the location counter aligned to the
strictest alignment of any of the '.text' input sections.

   The ADDRESS may be an arbitrary expression; *note Expressions::.  For
example, if you want to align the section on a 0x10 byte boundary, so
that the lowest four bits of the section address are zero, you could do
something like this:
     .text ALIGN(0x10) : { *(.text) }
This works because 'ALIGN' returns the current location counter aligned
upward to the specified value.

   Specifying ADDRESS for a section will change the value of the
location counter, provided that the section is non-empty.  (Empty
sections are ignored).


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section,  Next: Output Section Data,  Prev: Output Section Address,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.4 Input Section Description
-------------------------------

The most common output section command is an input section description.

   The input section description is the most basic linker script
operation.  You use output sections to tell the linker how to lay out
your program in memory.  You use input section descriptions to tell the
linker how to map the input files into your memory layout.

* Menu:

* Input Section Basics::	Input section basics
* Input Section Wildcards::	Input section wildcard patterns
* Input Section Common::	Input section for common symbols
* Input Section Keep::		Input section and garbage collection
* Input Section Example::	Input section example


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section Basics,  Next: Input Section Wildcards,  Up: Input Section

3.6.4.1 Input Section Basics
............................

An input section description consists of a file name optionally followed
by a list of section names in parentheses.

   The file name and the section name may be wildcard patterns, which we
describe further below (*note Input Section Wildcards::).

   The most common input section description is to include all input
sections with a particular name in the output section.  For example, to
include all input '.text' sections, you would write:
     *(.text)
Here the '*' is a wildcard which matches any file name.  To exclude a
list of files from matching the file name wildcard, EXCLUDE_FILE may be
used to match all files except the ones specified in the EXCLUDE_FILE
list.  For example:
     *(EXCLUDE_FILE (*crtend.o *otherfile.o) .ctors)
   will cause all .ctors sections from all files except 'crtend.o' and
'otherfile.o' to be included.

   There are two ways to include more than one section:
     *(.text .rdata)
     *(.text) *(.rdata)
The difference between these is the order in which the '.text' and
'.rdata' input sections will appear in the output section.  In the first
example, they will be intermingled, appearing in the same order as they
are found in the linker input.  In the second example, all '.text' input
sections will appear first, followed by all '.rdata' input sections.

   You can specify a file name to include sections from a particular
file.  You would do this if one or more of your files contain special
data that needs to be at a particular location in memory.  For example:
     data.o(.data)

   To refine the sections that are included based on the section flags
of an input section, INPUT_SECTION_FLAGS may be used.

   Here is a simple example for using Section header flags for ELF
sections:

     SECTIONS {
       .text : { INPUT_SECTION_FLAGS (SHF_MERGE & SHF_STRINGS) *(.text) }
       .text2 :  { INPUT_SECTION_FLAGS (!SHF_WRITE) *(.text) }
     }

   In this example, the output section '.text' will be comprised of any
input section matching the name *(.text) whose section header flags
'SHF_MERGE' and 'SHF_STRINGS' are set.  The output section '.text2' will
be comprised of any input section matching the name *(.text) whose
section header flag 'SHF_WRITE' is clear.

   You can also specify files within archives by writing a pattern
matching the archive, a colon, then the pattern matching the file, with
no whitespace around the colon.

'archive:file'
     matches file within archive
'archive:'
     matches the whole archive
':file'
     matches file but not one in an archive

   Either one or both of 'archive' and 'file' can contain shell
wildcards.  On DOS based file systems, the linker will assume that a
single letter followed by a colon is a drive specifier, so 'c:myfile.o'
is a simple file specification, not 'myfile.o' within an archive called
'c'.  'archive:file' filespecs may also be used within an 'EXCLUDE_FILE'
list, but may not appear in other linker script contexts.  For instance,
you cannot extract a file from an archive by using 'archive:file' in an
'INPUT' command.

   If you use a file name without a list of sections, then all sections
in the input file will be included in the output section.  This is not
commonly done, but it may by useful on occasion.  For example:
     data.o

   When you use a file name which is not an 'archive:file' specifier and
does not contain any wild card characters, the linker will first see if
you also specified the file name on the linker command line or in an
'INPUT' command.  If you did not, the linker will attempt to open the
file as an input file, as though it appeared on the command line.  Note
that this differs from an 'INPUT' command, because the linker will not
search for the file in the archive search path.


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section Wildcards,  Next: Input Section Common,  Prev: Input Section Basics,  Up: Input Section

3.6.4.2 Input Section Wildcard Patterns
.......................................

In an input section description, either the file name or the section
name or both may be wildcard patterns.

   The file name of '*' seen in many examples is a simple wildcard
pattern for the file name.

   The wildcard patterns are like those used by the Unix shell.

'*'
     matches any number of characters
'?'
     matches any single character
'[CHARS]'
     matches a single instance of any of the CHARS; the '-' character
     may be used to specify a range of characters, as in '[a-z]' to
     match any lower case letter
'\'
     quotes the following character

   When a file name is matched with a wildcard, the wildcard characters
will not match a '/' character (used to separate directory names on
Unix).  A pattern consisting of a single '*' character is an exception;
it will always match any file name, whether it contains a '/' or not.
In a section name, the wildcard characters will match a '/' character.

   File name wildcard patterns only match files which are explicitly
specified on the command line or in an 'INPUT' command.  The linker does
not search directories to expand wildcards.

   If a file name matches more than one wildcard pattern, or if a file
name appears explicitly and is also matched by a wildcard pattern, the
linker will use the first match in the linker script.  For example, this
sequence of input section descriptions is probably in error, because the
'data.o' rule will not be used:
     .data : { *(.data) }
     .data1 : { data.o(.data) }

   Normally, the linker will place files and sections matched by
wildcards in the order in which they are seen during the link.  You can
change this by using the 'SORT_BY_NAME' keyword, which appears before a
wildcard pattern in parentheses (e.g., 'SORT_BY_NAME(.text*)').  When
the 'SORT_BY_NAME' keyword is used, the linker will sort the files or
sections into ascending order by name before placing them in the output
file.

   'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' is very similar to 'SORT_BY_NAME'.  The
difference is 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' will sort sections into descending
order by alignment before placing them in the output file.  Larger
alignments are placed before smaller alignments in order to reduce the
amount of padding necessary.

   'SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY' is very similar to 'SORT_BY_NAME'.  The
difference is 'SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY' will sort sections into ascending
order by numerical value of the GCC init_priority attribute encoded in
the section name before placing them in the output file.

   'SORT' is an alias for 'SORT_BY_NAME'.

   When there are nested section sorting commands in linker script,
there can be at most 1 level of nesting for section sorting commands.

  1. 'SORT_BY_NAME' ('SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' (wildcard section pattern)).
     It will sort the input sections by name first, then by alignment if
     two sections have the same name.
  2. 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' ('SORT_BY_NAME' (wildcard section pattern)).
     It will sort the input sections by alignment first, then by name if
     two sections have the same alignment.
  3. 'SORT_BY_NAME' ('SORT_BY_NAME' (wildcard section pattern)) is
     treated the same as 'SORT_BY_NAME' (wildcard section pattern).
  4. 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' ('SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' (wildcard section
     pattern)) is treated the same as 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' (wildcard
     section pattern).
  5. All other nested section sorting commands are invalid.

   When both command line section sorting option and linker script
section sorting command are used, section sorting command always takes
precedence over the command line option.

   If the section sorting command in linker script isn't nested, the
command line option will make the section sorting command to be treated
as nested sorting command.

  1. 'SORT_BY_NAME' (wildcard section pattern ) with '--sort-sections
     alignment' is equivalent to 'SORT_BY_NAME' ('SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT'
     (wildcard section pattern)).
  2. 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' (wildcard section pattern) with '--sort-section
     name' is equivalent to 'SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT' ('SORT_BY_NAME'
     (wildcard section pattern)).

   If the section sorting command in linker script is nested, the
command line option will be ignored.

   'SORT_NONE' disables section sorting by ignoring the command line
section sorting option.

   If you ever get confused about where input sections are going, use
the '-M' linker option to generate a map file.  The map file shows
precisely how input sections are mapped to output sections.

   This example shows how wildcard patterns might be used to partition
files.  This linker script directs the linker to place all '.text'
sections in '.text' and all '.bss' sections in '.bss'.  The linker will
place the '.data' section from all files beginning with an upper case
character in '.DATA'; for all other files, the linker will place the
'.data' section in '.data'.
     SECTIONS {
       .text : { *(.text) }
       .DATA : { [A-Z]*(.data) }
       .data : { *(.data) }
       .bss : { *(.bss) }
     }


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section Common,  Next: Input Section Keep,  Prev: Input Section Wildcards,  Up: Input Section

3.6.4.3 Input Section for Common Symbols
........................................

A special notation is needed for common symbols, because in many object
file formats common symbols do not have a particular input section.  The
linker treats common symbols as though they are in an input section
named 'COMMON'.

   You may use file names with the 'COMMON' section just as with any
other input sections.  You can use this to place common symbols from a
particular input file in one section while common symbols from other
input files are placed in another section.

   In most cases, common symbols in input files will be placed in the
'.bss' section in the output file.  For example:
     .bss { *(.bss) *(COMMON) }

   Some object file formats have more than one type of common symbol.
For example, the MIPS ELF object file format distinguishes standard
common symbols and small common symbols.  In this case, the linker will
use a different special section name for other types of common symbols.
In the case of MIPS ELF, the linker uses 'COMMON' for standard common
symbols and '.scommon' for small common symbols.  This permits you to
map the different types of common symbols into memory at different
locations.

   You will sometimes see '[COMMON]' in old linker scripts.  This
notation is now considered obsolete.  It is equivalent to '*(COMMON)'.


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section Keep,  Next: Input Section Example,  Prev: Input Section Common,  Up: Input Section

3.6.4.4 Input Section and Garbage Collection
............................................

When link-time garbage collection is in use ('--gc-sections'), it is
often useful to mark sections that should not be eliminated.  This is
accomplished by surrounding an input section's wildcard entry with
'KEEP()', as in 'KEEP(*(.init))' or 'KEEP(SORT_BY_NAME(*)(.ctors))'.


File: ld.info,  Node: Input Section Example,  Prev: Input Section Keep,  Up: Input Section

3.6.4.5 Input Section Example
.............................

The following example is a complete linker script.  It tells the linker
to read all of the sections from file 'all.o' and place them at the
start of output section 'outputa' which starts at location '0x10000'.
All of section '.input1' from file 'foo.o' follows immediately, in the
same output section.  All of section '.input2' from 'foo.o' goes into
output section 'outputb', followed by section '.input1' from 'foo1.o'.
All of the remaining '.input1' and '.input2' sections from any files are
written to output section 'outputc'.

     SECTIONS {
       outputa 0x10000 :
         {
         all.o
         foo.o (.input1)
         }
       outputb :
         {
         foo.o (.input2)
         foo1.o (.input1)
         }
       outputc :
         {
         *(.input1)
         *(.input2)
         }
     }


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Data,  Next: Output Section Keywords,  Prev: Input Section,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.5 Output Section Data
-------------------------

You can include explicit bytes of data in an output section by using
'BYTE', 'SHORT', 'LONG', 'QUAD', or 'SQUAD' as an output section
command.  Each keyword is followed by an expression in parentheses
providing the value to store (*note Expressions::).  The value of the
expression is stored at the current value of the location counter.

   The 'BYTE', 'SHORT', 'LONG', and 'QUAD' commands store one, two,
four, and eight bytes (respectively).  After storing the bytes, the
location counter is incremented by the number of bytes stored.

   For example, this will store the byte 1 followed by the four byte
value of the symbol 'addr':
     BYTE(1)
     LONG(addr)

   When using a 64 bit host or target, 'QUAD' and 'SQUAD' are the same;
they both store an 8 byte, or 64 bit, value.  When both host and target
are 32 bits, an expression is computed as 32 bits.  In this case 'QUAD'
stores a 32 bit value zero extended to 64 bits, and 'SQUAD' stores a 32
bit value sign extended to 64 bits.

   If the object file format of the output file has an explicit
endianness, which is the normal case, the value will be stored in that
endianness.  When the object file format does not have an explicit
endianness, as is true of, for example, S-records, the value will be
stored in the endianness of the first input object file.

   Note--these commands only work inside a section description and not
between them, so the following will produce an error from the linker:
     SECTIONS { .text : { *(.text) } LONG(1) .data : { *(.data) } } 
   whereas this will work:
     SECTIONS { .text : { *(.text) ; LONG(1) } .data : { *(.data) } } 

   You may use the 'FILL' command to set the fill pattern for the
current section.  It is followed by an expression in parentheses.  Any
otherwise unspecified regions of memory within the section (for example,
gaps left due to the required alignment of input sections) are filled
with the value of the expression, repeated as necessary.  A 'FILL'
statement covers memory locations after the point at which it occurs in
the section definition; by including more than one 'FILL' statement, you
can have different fill patterns in different parts of an output
section.

   This example shows how to fill unspecified regions of memory with the
value '0x90':
     FILL(0x90909090)

   The 'FILL' command is similar to the '=FILLEXP' output section
attribute, but it only affects the part of the section following the
'FILL' command, rather than the entire section.  If both are used, the
'FILL' command takes precedence.  *Note Output Section Fill::, for
details on the fill expression.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Keywords,  Next: Output Section Discarding,  Prev: Output Section Data,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.6 Output Section Keywords
-----------------------------

There are a couple of keywords which can appear as output section
commands.

'CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS'
     The command tells the linker to create a symbol for each input
     file.  The name of each symbol will be the name of the
     corresponding input file.  The section of each symbol will be the
     output section in which the 'CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS' command
     appears.

     This is conventional for the a.out object file format.  It is not
     normally used for any other object file format.

'CONSTRUCTORS'
     When linking using the a.out object file format, the linker uses an
     unusual set construct to support C++ global constructors and
     destructors.  When linking object file formats which do not support
     arbitrary sections, such as ECOFF and XCOFF, the linker will
     automatically recognize C++ global constructors and destructors by
     name.  For these object file formats, the 'CONSTRUCTORS' command
     tells the linker to place constructor information in the output
     section where the 'CONSTRUCTORS' command appears.  The
     'CONSTRUCTORS' command is ignored for other object file formats.

     The symbol '__CTOR_LIST__' marks the start of the global
     constructors, and the symbol '__CTOR_END__' marks the end.
     Similarly, '__DTOR_LIST__' and '__DTOR_END__' mark the start and
     end of the global destructors.  The first word in the list is the
     number of entries, followed by the address of each constructor or
     destructor, followed by a zero word.  The compiler must arrange to
     actually run the code.  For these object file formats GNU C++
     normally calls constructors from a subroutine '__main'; a call to
     '__main' is automatically inserted into the startup code for
     'main'.  GNU C++ normally runs destructors either by using
     'atexit', or directly from the function 'exit'.

     For object file formats such as 'COFF' or 'ELF' which support
     arbitrary section names, GNU C++ will normally arrange to put the
     addresses of global constructors and destructors into the '.ctors'
     and '.dtors' sections.  Placing the following sequence into your
     linker script will build the sort of table which the GNU C++
     runtime code expects to see.

                __CTOR_LIST__ = .;
                LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
                *(.ctors)
                LONG(0)
                __CTOR_END__ = .;
                __DTOR_LIST__ = .;
                LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
                *(.dtors)
                LONG(0)
                __DTOR_END__ = .;

     If you are using the GNU C++ support for initialization priority,
     which provides some control over the order in which global
     constructors are run, you must sort the constructors at link time
     to ensure that they are executed in the correct order.  When using
     the 'CONSTRUCTORS' command, use 'SORT_BY_NAME(CONSTRUCTORS)'
     instead.  When using the '.ctors' and '.dtors' sections, use
     '*(SORT_BY_NAME(.ctors))' and '*(SORT_BY_NAME(.dtors))' instead of
     just '*(.ctors)' and '*(.dtors)'.

     Normally the compiler and linker will handle these issues
     automatically, and you will not need to concern yourself with them.
     However, you may need to consider this if you are using C++ and
     writing your own linker scripts.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Discarding,  Next: Output Section Attributes,  Prev: Output Section Keywords,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.7 Output Section Discarding
-------------------------------

The linker will not create output sections with no contents.  This is
for convenience when referring to input sections that may or may not be
present in any of the input files.  For example:
     .foo : { *(.foo) }
will only create a '.foo' section in the output file if there is a
'.foo' section in at least one input file, and if the input sections are
not all empty.  Other link script directives that allocate space in an
output section will also create the output section.

   The linker will ignore address assignments (*note Output Section
Address::) on discarded output sections, except when the linker script
defines symbols in the output section.  In that case the linker will
obey the address assignments, possibly advancing dot even though the
section is discarded.

   The special output section name '/DISCARD/' may be used to discard
input sections.  Any input sections which are assigned to an output
section named '/DISCARD/' are not included in the output file.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Attributes,  Next: Overlay Description,  Prev: Output Section Discarding,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.8 Output Section Attributes
-------------------------------

We showed above that the full description of an output section looked
like this:

     SECTION [ADDRESS] [(TYPE)] :
       [AT(LMA)]
       [ALIGN(SECTION_ALIGN)]
       [SUBALIGN(SUBSECTION_ALIGN)]
       [CONSTRAINT]
       {
         OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
         OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
         ...
       } [>REGION] [AT>LMA_REGION] [:PHDR :PHDR ...] [=FILLEXP]

   We've already described SECTION, ADDRESS, and OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND.
In this section we will describe the remaining section attributes.

* Menu:

* Output Section Type::		Output section type
* Output Section LMA::		Output section LMA
* Forced Output Alignment::	Forced Output Alignment
* Forced Input Alignment::	Forced Input Alignment
* Output Section Constraint::   Output section constraint
* Output Section Region::	Output section region
* Output Section Phdr::		Output section phdr
* Output Section Fill::		Output section fill


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Type,  Next: Output Section LMA,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.1 Output Section Type
...........................

Each output section may have a type.  The type is a keyword in
parentheses.  The following types are defined:

'NOLOAD'
     The section should be marked as not loadable, so that it will not
     be loaded into memory when the program is run.
'DSECT'
'COPY'
'INFO'
'OVERLAY'
     These type names are supported for backward compatibility, and are
     rarely used.  They all have the same effect: the section should be
     marked as not allocatable, so that no memory is allocated for the
     section when the program is run.

   The linker normally sets the attributes of an output section based on
the input sections which map into it.  You can override this by using
the section type.  For example, in the script sample below, the 'ROM'
section is addressed at memory location '0' and does not need to be
loaded when the program is run.
     SECTIONS {
       ROM 0 (NOLOAD) : { ... }
       ...
     }


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section LMA,  Next: Forced Output Alignment,  Prev: Output Section Type,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.2 Output Section LMA
..........................

Every section has a virtual address (VMA) and a load address (LMA); see
*note Basic Script Concepts::.  The virtual address is specified by the
*note Output Section Address:: described earlier.  The load address is
specified by the 'AT' or 'AT>' keywords.  Specifying a load address is
optional.

   The 'AT' keyword takes an expression as an argument.  This specifies
the exact load address of the section.  The 'AT>' keyword takes the name
of a memory region as an argument.  *Note MEMORY::.  The load address of
the section is set to the next free address in the region, aligned to
the section's alignment requirements.

   If neither 'AT' nor 'AT>' is specified for an allocatable section,
the linker will use the following heuristic to determine the load
address:

   * If the section has a specific VMA address, then this is used as the
     LMA address as well.

   * If the section is not allocatable then its LMA is set to its VMA.

   * Otherwise if a memory region can be found that is compatible with
     the current section, and this region contains at least one section,
     then the LMA is set so the difference between the VMA and LMA is
     the same as the difference between the VMA and LMA of the last
     section in the located region.

   * If no memory regions have been declared then a default region that
     covers the entire address space is used in the previous step.

   * If no suitable region could be found, or there was no previous
     section then the LMA is set equal to the VMA.

   This feature is designed to make it easy to build a ROM image.  For
example, the following linker script creates three output sections: one
called '.text', which starts at '0x1000', one called '.mdata', which is
loaded at the end of the '.text' section even though its VMA is
'0x2000', and one called '.bss' to hold uninitialized data at address
'0x3000'.  The symbol '_data' is defined with the value '0x2000', which
shows that the location counter holds the VMA value, not the LMA value.

     SECTIONS
       {
       .text 0x1000 : { *(.text) _etext = . ; }
       .mdata 0x2000 :
         AT ( ADDR (.text) + SIZEOF (.text) )
         { _data = . ; *(.data); _edata = . ;  }
       .bss 0x3000 :
         { _bstart = . ;  *(.bss) *(COMMON) ; _bend = . ;}
     }

   The run-time initialization code for use with a program generated
with this linker script would include something like the following, to
copy the initialized data from the ROM image to its runtime address.
Notice how this code takes advantage of the symbols defined by the
linker script.

     extern char _etext, _data, _edata, _bstart, _bend;
     char *src = &_etext;
     char *dst = &_data;

     /* ROM has data at end of text; copy it.  */
     while (dst < &_edata)
       *dst++ = *src++;

     /* Zero bss.  */
     for (dst = &_bstart; dst< &_bend; dst++)
       *dst = 0;


File: ld.info,  Node: Forced Output Alignment,  Next: Forced Input Alignment,  Prev: Output Section LMA,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.3 Forced Output Alignment
...............................

You can increase an output section's alignment by using ALIGN. As an
alternative you can force the output section alignment to the maximum
alignment of all its input sections with ALIGN_WITH_INPUT. The alignment
forced by ALIGN_WITH_INPUT is used even in case the load and virtual
memory regions are different.


File: ld.info,  Node: Forced Input Alignment,  Next: Output Section Constraint,  Prev: Forced Output Alignment,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.4 Forced Input Alignment
..............................

You can force input section alignment within an output section by using
SUBALIGN. The value specified overrides any alignment given by input
sections, whether larger or smaller.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Constraint,  Next: Output Section Region,  Prev: Forced Input Alignment,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.5 Output Section Constraint
.................................

You can specify that an output section should only be created if all of
its input sections are read-only or all of its input sections are
read-write by using the keyword 'ONLY_IF_RO' and 'ONLY_IF_RW'
respectively.


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Region,  Next: Output Section Phdr,  Prev: Output Section Constraint,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.6 Output Section Region
.............................

You can assign a section to a previously defined region of memory by
using '>REGION'.  *Note MEMORY::.

   Here is a simple example:
     MEMORY { rom : ORIGIN = 0x1000, LENGTH = 0x1000 }
     SECTIONS { ROM : { *(.text) } >rom }


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Phdr,  Next: Output Section Fill,  Prev: Output Section Region,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.7 Output Section Phdr
...........................

You can assign a section to a previously defined program segment by
using ':PHDR'.  *Note PHDRS::.  If a section is assigned to one or more
segments, then all subsequent allocated sections will be assigned to
those segments as well, unless they use an explicitly ':PHDR' modifier.
You can use ':NONE' to tell the linker to not put the section in any
segment at all.

   Here is a simple example:
     PHDRS { text PT_LOAD ; }
     SECTIONS { .text : { *(.text) } :text }


File: ld.info,  Node: Output Section Fill,  Prev: Output Section Phdr,  Up: Output Section Attributes

3.6.8.8 Output Section Fill
...........................

You can set the fill pattern for an entire section by using '=FILLEXP'.
FILLEXP is an expression (*note Expressions::).  Any otherwise
unspecified regions of memory within the output section (for example,
gaps left due to the required alignment of input sections) will be
filled with the value, repeated as necessary.  If the fill expression is
a simple hex number, ie.  a string of hex digit starting with '0x' and
without a trailing 'k' or 'M', then an arbitrarily long sequence of hex
digits can be used to specify the fill pattern; Leading zeros become
part of the pattern too.  For all other cases, including extra
parentheses or a unary '+', the fill pattern is the four least
significant bytes of the value of the expression.  In all cases, the
number is big-endian.

   You can also change the fill value with a 'FILL' command in the
output section commands; (*note Output Section Data::).

   Here is a simple example:
     SECTIONS { .text : { *(.text) } =0x90909090 }


File: ld.info,  Node: Overlay Description,  Prev: Output Section Attributes,  Up: SECTIONS

3.6.9 Overlay Description
-------------------------

An overlay description provides an easy way to describe sections which
are to be loaded as part of a single memory image but are to be run at
the same memory address.  At run time, some sort of overlay manager will
copy the overlaid sections in and out of the runtime memory address as
required, perhaps by simply manipulating addressing bits.  This approach
can be useful, for example, when a certain region of memory is faster
than another.

   Overlays are described using the 'OVERLAY' command.  The 'OVERLAY'
command is used within a 'SECTIONS' command, like an output section
description.  The full syntax of the 'OVERLAY' command is as follows:
     OVERLAY [START] : [NOCROSSREFS] [AT ( LDADDR )]
       {
         SECNAME1
           {
             OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
             OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
             ...
           } [:PHDR...] [=FILL]
         SECNAME2
           {
             OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
             OUTPUT-SECTION-COMMAND
             ...
           } [:PHDR...] [=FILL]
         ...
       } [>REGION] [:PHDR...] [=FILL]

   Everything is optional except 'OVERLAY' (a keyword), and each section
must have a name (SECNAME1 and SECNAME2 above).  The section definitions
within the 'OVERLAY' construct are identical to those within the general
'SECTIONS' construct (*note SECTIONS::), except that no addresses and no
memory regions may be defined for sections within an 'OVERLAY'.

   The sections are all defined with the same starting address.  The
load addresses of the sections are arranged such that they are
consecutive in memory starting at the load address used for the
'OVERLAY' as a whole (as with normal section definitions, the load
address is optional, and defaults to the start address; the start
address is also optional, and defaults to the current value of the
location counter).

   If the 'NOCROSSREFS' keyword is used, and there are any references
among the sections, the linker will report an error.  Since the sections
all run at the same address, it normally does not make sense for one
section to refer directly to another.  *Note NOCROSSREFS: Miscellaneous
Commands.

   For each section within the 'OVERLAY', the linker automatically
provides two symbols.  The symbol '__load_start_SECNAME' is defined as
the starting load address of the section.  The symbol
'__load_stop_SECNAME' is defined as the final load address of the
section.  Any characters within SECNAME which are not legal within C
identifiers are removed.  C (or assembler) code may use these symbols to
move the overlaid sections around as necessary.

   At the end of the overlay, the value of the location counter is set
to the start address of the overlay plus the size of the largest
section.

   Here is an example.  Remember that this would appear inside a
'SECTIONS' construct.
       OVERLAY 0x1000 : AT (0x4000)
        {
          .text0 { o1/*.o(.text) }
          .text1 { o2/*.o(.text) }
        }
This will define both '.text0' and '.text1' to start at address 0x1000.
'.text0' will be loaded at address 0x4000, and '.text1' will be loaded
immediately after '.text0'.  The following symbols will be defined if
referenced: '__load_start_text0', '__load_stop_text0',
'__load_start_text1', '__load_stop_text1'.

   C code to copy overlay '.text1' into the overlay area might look like
the following.

       extern char __load_start_text1, __load_stop_text1;
       memcpy ((char *) 0x1000, &__load_start_text1,
               &__load_stop_text1 - &__load_start_text1);

   Note that the 'OVERLAY' command is just syntactic sugar, since
everything it does can be done using the more basic commands.  The above
example could have been written identically as follows.

       .text0 0x1000 : AT (0x4000) { o1/*.o(.text) }
       PROVIDE (__load_start_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0));
       PROVIDE (__load_stop_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0) + SIZEOF (.text0));
       .text1 0x1000 : AT (0x4000 + SIZEOF (.text0)) { o2/*.o(.text) }
       PROVIDE (__load_start_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1));
       PROVIDE (__load_stop_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1) + SIZEOF (.text1));
       . = 0x1000 + MAX (SIZEOF (.text0), SIZEOF (.text1));


File: ld.info,  Node: MEMORY,  Next: PHDRS,  Prev: SECTIONS,  Up: Scripts

3.7 MEMORY Command
==================

The linker's default configuration permits allocation of all available
memory.  You can override this by using the 'MEMORY' command.

   The 'MEMORY' command describes the location and size of blocks of
memory in the target.  You can use it to describe which memory regions
may be used by the linker, and which memory regions it must avoid.  You
can then assign sections to particular memory regions.  The linker will
set section addresses based on the memory regions, and will warn about
regions that become too full.  The linker will not shuffle sections
around to fit into the available regions.

   A linker script may contain at most one use of the 'MEMORY' command.
However, you can define as many blocks of memory within it as you wish.
The syntax is:
     MEMORY
       {
         NAME [(ATTR)] : ORIGIN = ORIGIN, LENGTH = LEN
         ...
       }

   The NAME is a name used in the linker script to refer to the region.
The region name has no meaning outside of the linker script.  Region
names are stored in a separate name space, and will not conflict with
symbol names, file names, or section names.  Each memory region must
have a distinct name within the 'MEMORY' command.  However you can add
later alias names to existing memory regions with the *note
REGION_ALIAS:: command.

   The ATTR string is an optional list of attributes that specify
whether to use a particular memory region for an input section which is
not explicitly mapped in the linker script.  As described in *note
SECTIONS::, if you do not specify an output section for some input
section, the linker will create an output section with the same name as
the input section.  If you define region attributes, the linker will use
them to select the memory region for the output section that it creates.

   The ATTR string must consist only of the following characters:
'R'
     Read-only section
'W'
     Read/write section
'X'
     Executable section
'A'
     Allocatable section
'I'
     Initialized section
'L'
     Same as 'I'
'!'
     Invert the sense of any of the attributes that follow

   If a unmapped section matches any of the listed attributes other than
'!', it will be placed in the memory region.  The '!' attribute reverses
this test, so that an unmapped section will be placed in the memory
region only if it does not match any of the listed attributes.

   The ORIGIN is an numerical expression for the start address of the
memory region.  The expression must evaluate to a constant and it cannot
involve any symbols.  The keyword 'ORIGIN' may be abbreviated to 'org'
or 'o' (but not, for example, 'ORG').

   The LEN is an expression for the size in bytes of the memory region.
As with the ORIGIN expression, the expression must be numerical only and
must evaluate to a constant.  The keyword 'LENGTH' may be abbreviated to
'len' or 'l'.

   In the following example, we specify that there are two memory
regions available for allocation: one starting at '0' for 256 kilobytes,
and the other starting at '0x40000000' for four megabytes.  The linker
will place into the 'rom' memory region every section which is not
explicitly mapped into a memory region, and is either read-only or
executable.  The linker will place other sections which are not
explicitly mapped into a memory region into the 'ram' memory region.

     MEMORY
       {
         rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 256K
         ram (!rx) : org = 0x40000000, l = 4M
       }

   Once you define a memory region, you can direct the linker to place
specific output sections into that memory region by using the '>REGION'
output section attribute.  For example, if you have a memory region
named 'mem', you would use '>mem' in the output section definition.
*Note Output Section Region::.  If no address was specified for the
output section, the linker will set the address to the next available
address within the memory region.  If the combined output sections
directed to a memory region are too large for the region, the linker
will issue an error message.

   It is possible to access the origin and length of a memory in an
expression via the 'ORIGIN(MEMORY)' and 'LENGTH(MEMORY)' functions:

       _fstack = ORIGIN(ram) + LENGTH(ram) - 4;


File: ld.info,  Node: PHDRS,  Next: VERSION,  Prev: MEMORY,  Up: Scripts

3.8 PHDRS Command
=================

The ELF object file format uses "program headers", also knows as
"segments".  The program headers describe how the program should be
loaded into memory.  You can print them out by using the 'objdump'
program with the '-p' option.

   When you run an ELF program on a native ELF system, the system loader
reads the program headers in order to figure out how to load the
program.  This will only work if the program headers are set correctly.
This manual does not describe the details of how the system loader
interprets program headers; for more information, see the ELF ABI.

   The linker will create reasonable program headers by default.
However, in some cases, you may need to specify the program headers more
precisely.  You may use the 'PHDRS' command for this purpose.  When the
linker sees the 'PHDRS' command in the linker script, it will not create
any program headers other than the ones specified.

   The linker only pays attention to the 'PHDRS' command when generating
an ELF output file.  In other cases, the linker will simply ignore
'PHDRS'.

   This is the syntax of the 'PHDRS' command.  The words 'PHDRS',
'FILEHDR', 'AT', and 'FLAGS' are keywords.

     PHDRS
     {
       NAME TYPE [ FILEHDR ] [ PHDRS ] [ AT ( ADDRESS ) ]
             [ FLAGS ( FLAGS ) ] ;
     }

   The NAME is used only for reference in the 'SECTIONS' command of the
linker script.  It is not put into the output file.  Program header
names are stored in a separate name space, and will not conflict with
symbol names, file names, or section names.  Each program header must
have a distinct name.  The headers are processed in order and it is
usual for them to map to sections in ascending load address order.

   Certain program header types describe segments of memory which the
system loader will load from the file.  In the linker script, you
specify the contents of these segments by placing allocatable output
sections in the segments.  You use the ':PHDR' output section attribute
to place a section in a particular segment.  *Note Output Section
Phdr::.

   It is normal to put certain sections in more than one segment.  This
merely implies that one segment of memory contains another.  You may
repeat ':PHDR', using it once for each segment which should contain the
section.

   If you place a section in one or more segments using ':PHDR', then
the linker will place all subsequent allocatable sections which do not
specify ':PHDR' in the same segments.  This is for convenience, since
generally a whole set of contiguous sections will be placed in a single
segment.  You can use ':NONE' to override the default segment and tell
the linker to not put the section in any segment at all.

   You may use the 'FILEHDR' and 'PHDRS' keywords after the program
header type to further describe the contents of the segment.  The
'FILEHDR' keyword means that the segment should include the ELF file
header.  The 'PHDRS' keyword means that the segment should include the
ELF program headers themselves.  If applied to a loadable segment
('PT_LOAD'), all prior loadable segments must have one of these
keywords.

   The TYPE may be one of the following.  The numbers indicate the value
of the keyword.

'PT_NULL' (0)
     Indicates an unused program header.

'PT_LOAD' (1)
     Indicates that this program header describes a segment to be loaded
     from the file.

'PT_DYNAMIC' (2)
     Indicates a segment where dynamic linking information can be found.

'PT_INTERP' (3)
     Indicates a segment where the name of the program interpreter may
     be found.

'PT_NOTE' (4)
     Indicates a segment holding note information.

'PT_SHLIB' (5)
     A reserved program header type, defined but not specified by the
     ELF ABI.

'PT_PHDR' (6)
     Indicates a segment where the program headers may be found.

EXPRESSION
     An expression giving the numeric type of the program header.  This
     may be used for types not defined above.

   You can specify that a segment should be loaded at a particular
address in memory by using an 'AT' expression.  This is identical to the
'AT' command used as an output section attribute (*note Output Section
LMA::).  The 'AT' command for a program header overrides the output
section attribute.

   The linker will normally set the segment flags based on the sections
which comprise the segment.  You may use the 'FLAGS' keyword to
explicitly specify the segment flags.  The value of FLAGS must be an
integer.  It is used to set the 'p_flags' field of the program header.

   Here is an example of 'PHDRS'.  This shows a typical set of program
headers used on a native ELF system.

     PHDRS
     {
       headers PT_PHDR PHDRS ;
       interp PT_INTERP ;
       text PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS ;
       data PT_LOAD ;
       dynamic PT_DYNAMIC ;
     }

     SECTIONS
     {
       . = SIZEOF_HEADERS;
       .interp : { *(.interp) } :text :interp
       .text : { *(.text) } :text
       .rodata : { *(.rodata) } /* defaults to :text */
       ...
       . = . + 0x1000; /* move to a new page in memory */
       .data : { *(.data) } :data
       .dynamic : { *(.dynamic) } :data :dynamic
       ...
     }


File: ld.info,  Node: VERSION,  Next: Expressions,  Prev: PHDRS,  Up: Scripts

3.9 VERSION Command
===================

The linker supports symbol versions when using ELF. Symbol versions are
only useful when using shared libraries.  The dynamic linker can use
symbol versions to select a specific version of a function when it runs
a program that may have been linked against an earlier version of the
shared library.

   You can include a version script directly in the main linker script,
or you can supply the version script as an implicit linker script.  You
can also use the '--version-script' linker option.

   The syntax of the 'VERSION' command is simply
     VERSION { version-script-commands }

   The format of the version script commands is identical to that used
by Sun's linker in Solaris 2.5.  The version script defines a tree of
version nodes.  You specify the node names and interdependencies in the
version script.  You can specify which symbols are bound to which
version nodes, and you can reduce a specified set of symbols to local
scope so that they are not globally visible outside of the shared
library.

   The easiest way to demonstrate the version script language is with a
few examples.

     VERS_1.1 {
     	 global:
     		 foo1;
     	 local:
     		 old*;
     		 original*;
     		 new*;
     };

     VERS_1.2 {
     		 foo2;
     } VERS_1.1;

     VERS_2.0 {
     		 bar1; bar2;
     	 extern "C++" {
     		 ns::*;
     		 "f(int, double)";
	      };
     } VERS_1.2;

   This example version script defines three version nodes.  The first
version node defined is 'VERS_1.1'; it has no other dependencies.  The
script binds the symbol 'foo1' to 'VERS_1.1'.  It reduces a number of
symbols to local scope so that they are not visible outside of the
shared library; this is done using wildcard patterns, so that any symbol
whose name begins with 'old', 'original', or 'new' is matched.  The
wildcard patterns available are the same as those used in the shell when
matching filenames (also known as "globbing").  However, if you specify
the symbol name inside double quotes, then the name is treated as
literal, rather than as a glob pattern.

   Next, the version script defines node 'VERS_1.2'.  This node depends
upon 'VERS_1.1'.  The script binds the symbol 'foo2' to the version node
'VERS_1.2'.

   Finally, the version script defines node 'VERS_2.0'.  This node
depends upon 'VERS_1.2'.  The scripts binds the symbols 'bar1' and
'bar2' are bound to the version node 'VERS_2.0'.

   When the linker finds a symbol defined in a library which is not
specifically bound to a version node, it will effectively bind it to an
unspecified base version of the library.  You can bind all otherwise
unspecified symbols to a given version node by using 'global: *;'
somewhere in the version script.  Note that it's slightly crazy to use
wildcards in a global spec except on the last version node.  Global
wildcards elsewhere run the risk of accidentally adding symbols to the
set exported for an old version.  That's wrong since older versions
ought to have a fixed set of symbols.

   The names of the version nodes have no specific meaning other than
what they might suggest to the person reading them.  The '2.0' version
could just as well have appeared in between '1.1' and '1.2'.  However,
this would be a confusing way to write a version script.

   Node name can be omitted, provided it is the only version node in the
version script.  Such version script doesn't assign any versions to
symbols, only selects which symbols will be globally visible out and
which won't.

     { global: foo; bar; local: *; };

   When you link an application against a shared library that has
versioned symbols, the application itself knows which version of each
symbol it requires, and it also knows which version nodes it needs from
each shared library it is linked against.  Thus at runtime, the dynamic
loader can make a quick check to make sure that the libraries you have
linked against do in fact supply all of the version nodes that the
application will need to resolve all of the dynamic symbols.  In this
way it is possible for the dynamic linker to know with certainty that
all external symbols that it needs will be resolvable without having to
search for each symbol reference.

   The symbol versioning is in effect a much more sophisticated way of
doing minor version checking that SunOS does.  The fundamental problem
that is being addressed here is that typically references to external
functions are bound on an as-needed basis, and are not all bound when
the application starts up.  If a shared library is out of date, a
required interface may be missing; when the application tries to use
that interface, it may suddenly and unexpectedly fail.  With symbol
versioning, the user will get a warning when they start their program if
the libraries being used with the application are too old.

   There are several GNU extensions to Sun's versioning approach.  The
first of these is the ability to bind a symbol to a version node in the
source file where the symbol is defined instead of in the versioning
script.  This was done mainly to reduce the burden on the library
maintainer.  You can do this by putting something like:
     __asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@VERS_1.1");
in the C source file.  This renames the function 'original_foo' to be an
alias for 'foo' bound to the version node 'VERS_1.1'.  The 'local:'
directive can be used to prevent the symbol 'original_foo' from being
exported.  A '.symver' directive takes precedence over a version script.

   The second GNU extension is to allow multiple versions of the same
function to appear in a given shared library.  In this way you can make
an incompatible change to an interface without increasing the major
version number of the shared library, while still allowing applications
linked against the old interface to continue to function.

   To do this, you must use multiple '.symver' directives in the source
file.  Here is an example:

     __asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@");
     __asm__(".symver old_foo,foo@VERS_1.1");
     __asm__(".symver old_foo1,foo@VERS_1.2");
     __asm__(".symver new_foo,foo@@VERS_2.0");

   In this example, 'foo@' represents the symbol 'foo' bound to the
unspecified base version of the symbol.  The source file that contains
this example would define 4 C functions: 'original_foo', 'old_foo',
'old_foo1', and 'new_foo'.

   When you have multiple definitions of a given symbol, there needs to
be some way to specify a default version to which external references to
this symbol will be bound.  You can do this with the 'foo@@VERS_2.0'
type of '.symver' directive.  You can only declare one version of a
symbol as the default in this manner; otherwise you would effectively
have multiple definitions of the same symbol.

   If you wish to bind a reference to a specific version of the symbol
within the shared library, you can use the aliases of convenience (i.e.,
'old_foo'), or you can use the '.symver' directive to specifically bind
to an external version of the function in question.

   You can also specify the language in the version script:

     VERSION extern "lang" { version-script-commands }

   The supported 'lang's are 'C', 'C++', and 'Java'.  The linker will
iterate over the list of symbols at the link time and demangle them
according to 'lang' before matching them to the patterns specified in
'version-script-commands'.  The default 'lang' is 'C'.

   Demangled names may contains spaces and other special characters.  As
described above, you can use a glob pattern to match demangled names, or
you can use a double-quoted string to match the string exactly.  In the
latter case, be aware that minor differences (such as differing
whitespace) between the version script and the demangler output will
cause a mismatch.  As the exact string generated by the demangler might
change in the future, even if the mangled name does not, you should
check that all of your version directives are behaving as you expect
when you upgrade.


File: ld.info,  Node: Expressions,  Next: Implicit Linker Scripts,  Prev: VERSION,  Up: Scripts

3.10 Expressions in Linker Scripts
==================================

The syntax for expressions in the linker script language is identical to
that of C expressions.  All expressions are evaluated as integers.  All
expressions are evaluated in the same size, which is 32 bits if both the
host and target are 32 bits, and is otherwise 64 bits.

   You can use and set symbol values in expressions.

   The linker defines several special purpose builtin functions for use
in expressions.

* Menu:

* Constants::			Constants
* Symbolic Constants::          Symbolic constants
* Symbols::			Symbol Names
* Orphan Sections::		Orphan Sections
* Location Counter::		The Location Counter
* Operators::			Operators
* Evaluation::			Evaluation
* Expression Section::		The Section of an Expression
* Builtin Functions::		Builtin Functions


File: ld.info,  Node: Constants,  Next: Symbolic Constants,  Up: Expressions

3.10.1 Constants
----------------

All constants are integers.

   As in C, the linker considers an integer beginning with '0' to be
octal, and an integer beginning with '0x' or '0X' to be hexadecimal.
Alternatively the linker accepts suffixes of 'h' or 'H' for hexadecimal,
'o' or 'O' for octal, 'b' or 'B' for binary and 'd' or 'D' for decimal.
Any integer value without a prefix or a suffix is considered to be
decimal.

   In addition, you can use the suffixes 'K' and 'M' to scale a constant
by '1024' or '1024*1024' respectively.  For example, the following all
refer to the same quantity:

     _fourk_1 = 4K;
     _fourk_2 = 4096;
     _fourk_3 = 0x1000;
     _fourk_4 = 10000o;

   Note - the 'K' and 'M' suffixes cannot be used in conjunction with
the base suffixes mentioned above.


File: ld.info,  Node: Symbolic Constants,  Next: Symbols,  Prev: Constants,  Up: Expressions

3.10.2 Symbolic Constants
-------------------------

It is possible to refer to target specific constants via the use of the
'CONSTANT(NAME)' operator, where NAME is one of:

'MAXPAGESIZE'
     The target's maximum page size.

'COMMONPAGESIZE'
     The target's default page size.

   So for example:

       .text ALIGN (CONSTANT (MAXPAGESIZE)) : { *(.text) }

   will create a text section aligned to the largest page boundary
supported by the target.


File: ld.info,  Node: Symbols,  Next: Orphan Sections,  Prev: Symbolic Constants,  Up: Expressions

3.10.3 Symbol Names
-------------------

Unless quoted, symbol names start with a letter, underscore, or period
and may include letters, digits, underscores, periods, and hyphens.
Unquoted symbol names must not conflict with any keywords.  You can
specify a symbol which contains odd characters or has the same name as a
keyword by surrounding the symbol name in double quotes:
     "SECTION" = 9;
     "with a space" = "also with a space" + 10;

   Since symbols can contain many non-alphabetic characters, it is
safest to delimit symbols with spaces.  For example, 'A-B' is one
symbol, whereas 'A - B' is an expression involving subtraction.


File: ld.info,  Node: Orphan Sections,  Next: Location Counter,  Prev: Symbols,  Up: Expressions

3.10.4 Orphan Sections
----------------------

Orphan sections are sections present in the input files which are not
explicitly placed into the output file by the linker script.  The linker
will still copy these sections into the output file, but it has to guess
as to where they should be placed.  The linker uses a simple heuristic
to do this.  It attempts to place orphan sections after non-orphan
sections of the same attribute, such as code vs data, loadable vs
non-loadable, etc.  If there is not enough room to do this then it
places at the end of the file.

   For ELF targets, the attribute of the section includes section type
as well as section flag.

   If an orphaned section's name is representable as a C identifier then
the linker will automatically *note PROVIDE:: two symbols:
__start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME, where SECNAME is the name of the
section.  These indicate the start address and end address of the
orphaned section respectively.  Note: most section names are not
representable as C identifiers because they contain a '.' character.


File: ld.info,  Node: Location Counter,  Next: Operators,  Prev: Orphan Sections,  Up: Expressions

3.10.5 The Location Counter
---------------------------

The special linker variable "dot" '.' always contains the current output
location counter.  Since the '.' always refers to a location in an
output section, it may only appear in an expression within a 'SECTIONS'
command.  The '.' symbol may appear anywhere that an ordinary symbol is
allowed in an expression.

   Assigning a value to '.' will cause the location counter to be moved.
This may be used to create holes in the output section.  The location
counter may not be moved backwards inside an output section, and may not
be moved backwards outside of an output section if so doing creates
areas with overlapping LMAs.

     SECTIONS
     {
       output :
         {
           file1(.text)
           . = . + 1000;
           file2(.text)
           . += 1000;
           file3(.text)
         } = 0x12345678;
     }
In the previous example, the '.text' section from 'file1' is located at
the beginning of the output section 'output'.  It is followed by a 1000
byte gap.  Then the '.text' section from 'file2' appears, also with a
1000 byte gap following before the '.text' section from 'file3'.  The
notation '= 0x12345678' specifies what data to write in the gaps (*note
Output Section Fill::).

   Note: '.' actually refers to the byte offset from the start of the
current containing object.  Normally this is the 'SECTIONS' statement,
whose start address is 0, hence '.' can be used as an absolute address.
If '.' is used inside a section description however, it refers to the
byte offset from the start of that section, not an absolute address.
Thus in a script like this:

     SECTIONS
     {
         . = 0x100
         .text: {
           *(.text)
           . = 0x200
         }
         . = 0x500
         .data: {
           *(.data)
           . += 0x600
         }
     }

   The '.text' section will be assigned a starting address of 0x100 and
a size of exactly 0x200 bytes, even if there is not enough data in the
'.text' input sections to fill this area.  (If there is too much data,
an error will be produced because this would be an attempt to move '.'
backwards).  The '.data' section will start at 0x500 and it will have an
extra 0x600 bytes worth of space after the end of the values from the
'.data' input sections and before the end of the '.data' output section
itself.

   Setting symbols to the value of the location counter outside of an
output section statement can result in unexpected values if the linker
needs to place orphan sections.  For example, given the following:

     SECTIONS
     {
         start_of_text = . ;
         .text: { *(.text) }
         end_of_text = . ;

         start_of_data = . ;
         .data: { *(.data) }
         end_of_data = . ;
     }

   If the linker needs to place some input section, e.g.  '.rodata', not
mentioned in the script, it might choose to place that section between
'.text' and '.data'.  You might think the linker should place '.rodata'
on the blank line in the above script, but blank lines are of no
particular significance to the linker.  As well, the linker doesn't
associate the above symbol names with their sections.  Instead, it
assumes that all assignments or other statements belong to the previous
output section, except for the special case of an assignment to '.'.
I.e., the linker will place the orphan '.rodata' section as if the
script was written as follows:

     SECTIONS
     {
         start_of_text = . ;
         .text: { *(.text) }
         end_of_text = . ;

         start_of_data = . ;
         .rodata: { *(.rodata) }
         .data: { *(.data) }
         end_of_data = . ;
     }

   This may or may not be the script author's intention for the value of
'start_of_data'.  One way to influence the orphan section placement is
to assign the location counter to itself, as the linker assumes that an
assignment to '.' is setting the start address of a following output
section and thus should be grouped with that section.  So you could
write:

     SECTIONS
     {
         start_of_text = . ;
         .text: { *(.text) }
         end_of_text = . ;

         . = . ;
         start_of_data = . ;
         .data: { *(.data) }
         end_of_data = . ;
     }

   Now, the orphan '.rodata' section will be placed between
'end_of_text' and 'start_of_data'.


File: ld.info,  Node: Operators,  Next: Evaluation,  Prev: Location Counter,  Up: Expressions

3.10.6 Operators
----------------

The linker recognizes the standard C set of arithmetic operators, with
the standard bindings and precedence levels:
     precedence      associativity   Operators                Notes
     (highest)
     1               left            !  -  ~                  (1)
     2               left            *  /  %
     3               left            +  -
     4               left            >>  <<
     5               left            ==  !=  >  <  <=  >=
     6               left            &
     7               left            |
     8               left            &&
     9               left            ||
     10              right           ? :
     11              right           &=  +=  -=  *=  /=       (2)
     (lowest)
   Notes: (1) Prefix operators (2) *Note Assignments::.


File: ld.info,  Node: Evaluation,  Next: Expression Section,  Prev: Operators,  Up: Expressions

3.10.7 Evaluation
-----------------

The linker evaluates expressions lazily.  It only computes the value of
an expression when absolutely necessary.

   The linker needs some information, such as the value of the start
address of the first section, and the origins and lengths of memory
regions, in order to do any linking at all.  These values are computed
as soon as possible when the linker reads in the linker script.

   However, other values (such as symbol values) are not known or needed
until after storage allocation.  Such values are evaluated later, when
other information (such as the sizes of output sections) is available
for use in the symbol assignment expression.

   The sizes of sections cannot be known until after allocation, so
assignments dependent upon these are not performed until after
allocation.

   Some expressions, such as those depending upon the location counter
'.', must be evaluated during section allocation.

   If the result of an expression is required, but the value is not
available, then an error results.  For example, a script like the
following
     SECTIONS
       {
         .text 9+this_isnt_constant :
           { *(.text) }
       }
will cause the error message 'non constant expression for initial
address'.


File: ld.info,  Node: Expression Section,  Next: Builtin Functions,  Prev: Evaluation,  Up: Expressions

3.10.8 The Section of an Expression
-----------------------------------

Addresses and symbols may be section relative, or absolute.  A section
relative symbol is relocatable.  If you request relocatable output using
the '-r' option, a further link operation may change the value of a
section relative symbol.  On the other hand, an absolute symbol will
retain the same value throughout any further link operations.

   Some terms in linker expressions are addresses.  This is true of
section relative symbols and for builtin functions that return an
address, such as 'ADDR', 'LOADADDR', 'ORIGIN' and 'SEGMENT_START'.
Other terms are simply numbers, or are builtin functions that return a
non-address value, such as 'LENGTH'.  One complication is that unless
you set 'LD_FEATURE ("SANE_EXPR")' (*note Miscellaneous Commands::),
numbers and absolute symbols are treated differently depending on their
location, for compatibility with older versions of 'ld'.  Expressions
appearing outside an output section definition treat all numbers as
absolute addresses.  Expressions appearing inside an output section
definition treat absolute symbols as numbers.  If 'LD_FEATURE
("SANE_EXPR")' is given, then absolute symbols and numbers are simply
treated as numbers everywhere.

   In the following simple example,

     SECTIONS
       {
         . = 0x100;
         __executable_start = 0x100;
         .data :
         {
           . = 0x10;
           __data_start = 0x10;
           *(.data)
         }
         ...
       }

   both '.' and '__executable_start' are set to the absolute address
0x100 in the first two assignments, then both '.' and '__data_start' are
set to 0x10 relative to the '.data' section in the second two
assignments.

   For expressions involving numbers, relative addresses and absolute
addresses, ld follows these rules to evaluate terms:

   * Unary operations on an absolute address or number, and binary
     operations on two absolute addresses or two numbers, or between one
     absolute address and a number, apply the operator to the value(s).
   * Unary operations on a relative address, and binary operations on
     two relative addresses in the same section or between one relative
     address and a number, apply the operator to the offset part of the
     address(es).
   * Other binary operations, that is, between two relative addresses
     not in the same section, or between a relative address and an
     absolute address, first convert any non-absolute term to an
     absolute address before applying the operator.

   The result section of each sub-expression is as follows:

   * An operation involving only numbers results in a number.
   * The result of comparisons, '&&' and '||' is also a number.
   * The result of other binary arithmetic and logical operations on two
     relative addresses in the same section or two absolute addresses
     (after above conversions) is also a number.
   * The result of other operations on relative addresses or one
     relative address and a number, is a relative address in the same
     section as the relative operand(s).
   * The result of other operations on absolute addresses (after above
     conversions) is an absolute address.

   You can use the builtin function 'ABSOLUTE' to force an expression to
be absolute when it would otherwise be relative.  For example, to create
an absolute symbol set to the address of the end of the output section
'.data':
     SECTIONS
       {
         .data : { *(.data) _edata = ABSOLUTE(.); }
       }
If 'ABSOLUTE' were not used, '_edata' would be relative to the '.data'
section.

   Using 'LOADADDR' also forces an expression absolute, since this
particular builtin function returns an absolute address.


File: ld.info,  Node: Builtin Functions,  Prev: Expression Section,  Up: Expressions

3.10.9 Builtin Functions
------------------------

The linker script language includes a number of builtin functions for
use in linker script expressions.

'ABSOLUTE(EXP)'
     Return the absolute (non-relocatable, as opposed to non-negative)
     value of the expression EXP.  Primarily useful to assign an
     absolute value to a symbol within a section definition, where
     symbol values are normally section relative.  *Note Expression
     Section::.

'ADDR(SECTION)'
     Return the address (VMA) of the named SECTION.  Your script must
     previously have defined the location of that section.  In the
     following example, 'start_of_output_1', 'symbol_1' and 'symbol_2'
     are assigned equivalent values, except that 'symbol_1' will be
     relative to the '.output1' section while the other two will be
     absolute:
          SECTIONS { ...
            .output1 :
              {
              start_of_output_1 = ABSOLUTE(.);
              ...
              }
            .output :
              {
              symbol_1 = ADDR(.output1);
              symbol_2 = start_of_output_1;
              }
          ... }

'ALIGN(ALIGN)'
'ALIGN(EXP,ALIGN)'
     Return the location counter ('.') or arbitrary expression aligned
     to the next ALIGN boundary.  The single operand 'ALIGN' doesn't
     change the value of the location counter--it just does arithmetic
     on it.  The two operand 'ALIGN' allows an arbitrary expression to
     be aligned upwards ('ALIGN(ALIGN)' is equivalent to 'ALIGN(.,
     ALIGN)').

     Here is an example which aligns the output '.data' section to the
     next '0x2000' byte boundary after the preceding section and sets a
     variable within the section to the next '0x8000' boundary after the
     input sections:
          SECTIONS { ...
            .data ALIGN(0x2000): {
              *(.data)
              variable = ALIGN(0x8000);
            }
          ... }
     The first use of 'ALIGN' in this example specifies the location of
     a section because it is used as the optional ADDRESS attribute of a
     section definition (*note Output Section Address::).  The second
     use of 'ALIGN' is used to defines the value of a symbol.

     The builtin function 'NEXT' is closely related to 'ALIGN'.

'ALIGNOF(SECTION)'
     Return the alignment in bytes of the named SECTION, if that section
     has been allocated.  If the section has not been allocated when
     this is evaluated, the linker will report an error.  In the
     following example, the alignment of the '.output' section is stored
     as the first value in that section.
          SECTIONS{ ...
            .output {
              LONG (ALIGNOF (.output))
              ...
              }
          ... }

'BLOCK(EXP)'
     This is a synonym for 'ALIGN', for compatibility with older linker
     scripts.  It is most often seen when setting the address of an
     output section.

'DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN(MAXPAGESIZE, COMMONPAGESIZE)'
     This is equivalent to either
          (ALIGN(MAXPAGESIZE) + (. & (MAXPAGESIZE - 1)))
     or
          (ALIGN(MAXPAGESIZE) + (. & (MAXPAGESIZE - COMMONPAGESIZE)))
     depending on whether the latter uses fewer COMMONPAGESIZE sized
     pages for the data segment (area between the result of this
     expression and 'DATA_SEGMENT_END') than the former or not.  If the
     latter form is used, it means COMMONPAGESIZE bytes of runtime
     memory will be saved at the expense of up to COMMONPAGESIZE wasted
     bytes in the on-disk file.

     This expression can only be used directly in 'SECTIONS' commands,
     not in any output section descriptions and only once in the linker
     script.  COMMONPAGESIZE should be less or equal to MAXPAGESIZE and
     should be the system page size the object wants to be optimized for
     (while still working on system page sizes up to MAXPAGESIZE).

     Example:
            . = DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN(0x10000, 0x2000);

'DATA_SEGMENT_END(EXP)'
     This defines the end of data segment for 'DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN'
     evaluation purposes.

            . = DATA_SEGMENT_END(.);

'DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END(OFFSET, EXP)'
     This defines the end of the 'PT_GNU_RELRO' segment when '-z relro'
     option is used.  Second argument is returned.  When '-z relro'
     option is not present, 'DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END' does nothing,
     otherwise 'DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN' is padded so that EXP + OFFSET is
     aligned to the most commonly used page boundary for particular
     target.  If present in the linker script, it must always come in
     between 'DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN' and 'DATA_SEGMENT_END'.

            . = DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END(24, .);

'DEFINED(SYMBOL)'
     Return 1 if SYMBOL is in the linker global symbol table and is
     defined before the statement using DEFINED in the script, otherwise
     return 0.  You can use this function to provide default values for
     symbols.  For example, the following script fragment shows how to
     set a global symbol 'begin' to the first location in the '.text'
     section--but if a symbol called 'begin' already existed, its value
     is preserved:

          SECTIONS { ...
            .text : {
              begin = DEFINED(begin) ? begin : . ;
              ...
            }
            ...
          }

'LENGTH(MEMORY)'
     Return the length of the memory region named MEMORY.

'LOADADDR(SECTION)'
     Return the absolute LMA of the named SECTION.  (*note Output
     Section LMA::).

'LOG2CEIL(EXP)'
     Return the binary logarithm of EXP rounded towards infinity.
     'LOG2CEIL(0)' returns 0.

'MAX(EXP1, EXP2)'
     Returns the maximum of EXP1 and EXP2.

'MIN(EXP1, EXP2)'
     Returns the minimum of EXP1 and EXP2.

'NEXT(EXP)'
     Return the next unallocated address that is a multiple of EXP.
     This function is closely related to 'ALIGN(EXP)'; unless you use
     the 'MEMORY' command to define discontinuous memory for the output
     file, the two functions are equivalent.

'ORIGIN(MEMORY)'
     Return the origin of the memory region named MEMORY.

'SEGMENT_START(SEGMENT, DEFAULT)'
     Return the base address of the named SEGMENT.  If an explicit value
     has already been given for this segment (with a command-line '-T'
     option) then that value will be returned otherwise the value will
     be DEFAULT.  At present, the '-T' command-line option can only be
     used to set the base address for the "text", "data", and "bss"
     sections, but you can use 'SEGMENT_START' with any segment name.

'SIZEOF(SECTION)'
     Return the size in bytes of the named SECTION, if that section has
     been allocated.  If the section has not been allocated when this is
     evaluated, the linker will report an error.  In the following
     example, 'symbol_1' and 'symbol_2' are assigned identical values:
          SECTIONS{ ...
            .output {
              .start = . ;
              ...
              .end = . ;
              }
            symbol_1 = .end - .start ;
            symbol_2 = SIZEOF(.output);
          ... }

'SIZEOF_HEADERS'
'sizeof_headers'
     Return the size in bytes of the output file's headers.  This is
     information which appears at the start of the output file.  You can
     use this number when setting the start address of the first
     section, if you choose, to facilitate paging.

     When producing an ELF output file, if the linker script uses the
     'SIZEOF_HEADERS' builtin function, the linker must compute the
     number of program headers before it has determined all the section
     addresses and sizes.  If the linker later discovers that it needs
     additional program headers, it will report an error 'not enough
     room for program headers'.  To avoid this error, you must avoid
     using the 'SIZEOF_HEADERS' function, or you must rework your linker
     script to avoid forcing the linker to use additional program
     headers, or you must define the program headers yourself using the
     'PHDRS' command (*note PHDRS::).


File: ld.info,  Node: Implicit Linker Scripts,  Prev: Expressions,  Up: Scripts

3.11 Implicit Linker Scripts
============================

If you specify a linker input file which the linker can not recognize as
an object file or an archive file, it will try to read the file as a
linker script.  If the file can not be parsed as a linker script, the
linker will report an error.

   An implicit linker script will not replace the default linker script.

   Typically an implicit linker script would contain only symbol
assignments, or the 'INPUT', 'GROUP', or 'VERSION' commands.

   Any input files read because of an implicit linker script will be
read at the position in the command line where the implicit linker
script was read.  This can affect archive searching.


File: ld.info,  Node: Machine Dependent,  Next: BFD,  Prev: Scripts,  Up: Top

4 Machine Dependent Features
****************************

'ld' has additional features on some platforms; the following sections
describe them.  Machines where 'ld' has no additional functionality are
not listed.

* Menu:

* H8/300::                      'ld' and the H8/300
* i960::                        'ld' and the Intel 960 family
* M68HC11/68HC12::		'ld' and the Motorola 68HC11 and 68HC12 families
* ARM::				'ld' and the ARM family
* HPPA ELF32::                  'ld' and HPPA 32-bit ELF
* M68K::			'ld' and the Motorola 68K family
* MIPS::			'ld' and the MIPS family
* MMIX::			'ld' and MMIX
* MSP430::			'ld' and MSP430
* PowerPC ELF32::		'ld' and PowerPC 32-bit ELF Support
* PowerPC64 ELF64::		'ld' and PowerPC64 64-bit ELF Support
* SPU ELF::			'ld' and SPU ELF Support
* TI COFF::                     'ld' and TI COFF
* WIN32::                       'ld' and WIN32 (cygwin/mingw)
* Xtensa::                      'ld' and Xtensa Processors


File: ld.info,  Node: H8/300,  Next: i960,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.1 'ld' and the H8/300
=======================

For the H8/300, 'ld' can perform these global optimizations when you
specify the '--relax' command-line option.

_relaxing address modes_
     'ld' finds all 'jsr' and 'jmp' instructions whose targets are
     within eight bits, and turns them into eight-bit program-counter
     relative 'bsr' and 'bra' instructions, respectively.

_synthesizing instructions_
     'ld' finds all 'mov.b' instructions which use the sixteen-bit
     absolute address form, but refer to the top page of memory, and
     changes them to use the eight-bit address form.  (That is: the
     linker turns 'mov.b '@'AA:16' into 'mov.b '@'AA:8' whenever the
     address AA is in the top page of memory).

     'ld' finds all 'mov' instructions which use the register indirect
     with 32-bit displacement addressing mode, but use a small
     displacement inside 16-bit displacement range, and changes them to
     use the 16-bit displacement form.  (That is: the linker turns
     'mov.b '@'D:32,ERx' into 'mov.b '@'D:16,ERx' whenever the
     displacement D is in the 16 bit signed integer range.  Only
     implemented in ELF-format ld).

_bit manipulation instructions_
     'ld' finds all bit manipulation instructions like 'band, bclr,
     biand, bild, bior, bist, bixor, bld, bnot, bor, bset, bst, btst,
     bxor' which use 32 bit and 16 bit absolute address form, but refer
     to the top page of memory, and changes them to use the 8 bit
     address form.  (That is: the linker turns 'bset #xx:3,'@'AA:32'
     into 'bset #xx:3,'@'AA:8' whenever the address AA is in the top
     page of memory).

_system control instructions_
     'ld' finds all 'ldc.w, stc.w' instructions which use the 32 bit
     absolute address form, but refer to the top page of memory, and
     changes them to use 16 bit address form.  (That is: the linker
     turns 'ldc.w '@'AA:32,ccr' into 'ldc.w '@'AA:16,ccr' whenever the
     address AA is in the top page of memory).


File: ld.info,  Node: i960,  Next: M68HC11/68HC12,  Prev: H8/300,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.2 'ld' and the Intel 960 Family
=================================

You can use the '-AARCHITECTURE' command line option to specify one of
the two-letter names identifying members of the 960 family; the option
specifies the desired output target, and warns of any incompatible
instructions in the input files.  It also modifies the linker's search
strategy for archive libraries, to support the use of libraries specific
to each particular architecture, by including in the search loop names
suffixed with the string identifying the architecture.

   For example, if your 'ld' command line included '-ACA' as well as
'-ltry', the linker would look (in its built-in search paths, and in any
paths you specify with '-L') for a library with the names

     try
     libtry.a
     tryca
     libtryca.a

The first two possibilities would be considered in any event; the last
two are due to the use of '-ACA'.

   You can meaningfully use '-A' more than once on a command line, since
the 960 architecture family allows combination of target architectures;
each use will add another pair of name variants to search for when '-l'
specifies a library.

   'ld' supports the '--relax' option for the i960 family.  If you
specify '--relax', 'ld' finds all 'balx' and 'calx' instructions whose
targets are within 24 bits, and turns them into 24-bit program-counter
relative 'bal' and 'cal' instructions, respectively.  'ld' also turns
'cal' instructions into 'bal' instructions when it determines that the
target subroutine is a leaf routine (that is, the target subroutine does
not itself call any subroutines).

   The '--fix-cortex-a8' switch enables a link-time workaround for an
erratum in certain Cortex-A8 processors.  The workaround is enabled by
default if you are targeting the ARM v7-A architecture profile.  It can
be enabled otherwise by specifying '--fix-cortex-a8', or disabled
unconditionally by specifying '--no-fix-cortex-a8'.

   The erratum only affects Thumb-2 code.  Please contact ARM for
further details.

   The '--no-merge-exidx-entries' switch disables the merging of
adjacent exidx entries in debuginfo.


File: ld.info,  Node: M68HC11/68HC12,  Next: ARM,  Prev: i960,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.3 'ld' and the Motorola 68HC11 and 68HC12 families
====================================================

4.3.1 Linker Relaxation
-----------------------

For the Motorola 68HC11, 'ld' can perform these global optimizations
when you specify the '--relax' command-line option.

_relaxing address modes_
     'ld' finds all 'jsr' and 'jmp' instructions whose targets are
     within eight bits, and turns them into eight-bit program-counter
     relative 'bsr' and 'bra' instructions, respectively.

     'ld' also looks at all 16-bit extended addressing modes and
     transforms them in a direct addressing mode when the address is in
     page 0 (between 0 and 0x0ff).

_relaxing gcc instruction group_
     When 'gcc' is called with '-mrelax', it can emit group of
     instructions that the linker can optimize to use a 68HC11 direct
     addressing mode.  These instructions consists of 'bclr' or 'bset'
     instructions.

4.3.2 Trampoline Generation
---------------------------

For 68HC11 and 68HC12, 'ld' can generate trampoline code to call a far
function using a normal 'jsr' instruction.  The linker will also change
the relocation to some far function to use the trampoline address
instead of the function address.  This is typically the case when a
pointer to a function is taken.  The pointer will in fact point to the
function trampoline.


File: ld.info,  Node: ARM,  Next: HPPA ELF32,  Prev: M68HC11/68HC12,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.4 'ld' and the ARM family
===========================

For the ARM, 'ld' will generate code stubs to allow functions calls
between ARM and Thumb code.  These stubs only work with code that has
been compiled and assembled with the '-mthumb-interwork' command line
option.  If it is necessary to link with old ARM object files or
libraries, which have not been compiled with the -mthumb-interwork
option then the '--support-old-code' command line switch should be given
to the linker.  This will make it generate larger stub functions which
will work with non-interworking aware ARM code.  Note, however, the
linker does not support generating stubs for function calls to
non-interworking aware Thumb code.

   The '--thumb-entry' switch is a duplicate of the generic '--entry'
switch, in that it sets the program's starting address.  But it also
sets the bottom bit of the address, so that it can be branched to using
a BX instruction, and the program will start executing in Thumb mode
straight away.

   The '--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables' switch is specifying, that the
import tables idata4 and idata5 have to be generated with a zero element
prefix for import libraries.  This is the old style to generate import
tables.  By default this option is turned off.

   The '--be8' switch instructs 'ld' to generate BE8 format executables.
This option is only valid when linking big-endian objects.  The
resulting image will contain big-endian data and little-endian code.

   The 'R_ARM_TARGET1' relocation is typically used for entries in the
'.init_array' section.  It is interpreted as either 'R_ARM_REL32' or
'R_ARM_ABS32', depending on the target.  The '--target1-rel' and
'--target1-abs' switches override the default.

   The '--target2=type' switch overrides the default definition of the
'R_ARM_TARGET2' relocation.  Valid values for 'type', their meanings,
and target defaults are as follows:
'rel'
     'R_ARM_REL32' (arm*-*-elf, arm*-*-eabi)
'abs'
     'R_ARM_ABS32' (arm*-*-symbianelf)
'got-rel'
     'R_ARM_GOT_PREL' (arm*-*-linux, arm*-*-*bsd)

   The 'R_ARM_V4BX' relocation (defined by the ARM AAELF specification)
enables objects compiled for the ARMv4 architecture to be
interworking-safe when linked with other objects compiled for ARMv4t,
but also allows pure ARMv4 binaries to be built from the same ARMv4
objects.

   In the latter case, the switch '--fix-v4bx' must be passed to the
linker, which causes v4t 'BX rM' instructions to be rewritten as 'MOV
PC,rM', since v4 processors do not have a 'BX' instruction.

   In the former case, the switch should not be used, and 'R_ARM_V4BX'
relocations are ignored.

   Replace 'BX rM' instructions identified by 'R_ARM_V4BX' relocations
with a branch to the following veneer:

     TST rM, #1
     MOVEQ PC, rM
     BX Rn

   This allows generation of libraries/applications that work on ARMv4
cores and are still interworking safe.  Note that the above veneer
clobbers the condition flags, so may cause incorrect program behavior in
rare cases.

   The '--use-blx' switch enables the linker to use ARM/Thumb BLX
instructions (available on ARMv5t and above) in various situations.
Currently it is used to perform calls via the PLT from Thumb code using
BLX rather than using BX and a mode-switching stub before each PLT
entry.  This should lead to such calls executing slightly faster.

   This option is enabled implicitly for SymbianOS, so there is no need
to specify it if you are using that target.

   The '--vfp11-denorm-fix' switch enables a link-time workaround for a
bug in certain VFP11 coprocessor hardware, which sometimes allows
instructions with denorm operands (which must be handled by support
code) to have those operands overwritten by subsequent instructions
before the support code can read the intended values.

   The bug may be avoided in scalar mode if you allow at least one
intervening instruction between a VFP11 instruction which uses a
register and another instruction which writes to the same register, or
at least two intervening instructions if vector mode is in use.  The bug
only affects full-compliance floating-point mode: you do not need this
workaround if you are using "runfast" mode.  Please contact ARM for
further details.

   If you know you are using buggy VFP11 hardware, you can enable this
workaround by specifying the linker option '--vfp-denorm-fix=scalar' if
you are using the VFP11 scalar mode only, or '--vfp-denorm-fix=vector'
if you are using vector mode (the latter also works for scalar code).
The default is '--vfp-denorm-fix=none'.

   If the workaround is enabled, instructions are scanned for
potentially-troublesome sequences, and a veneer is created for each such
sequence which may trigger the erratum.  The veneer consists of the
first instruction of the sequence and a branch back to the subsequent
instruction.  The original instruction is then replaced with a branch to
the veneer.  The extra cycles required to call and return from the
veneer are sufficient to avoid the erratum in both the scalar and vector
cases.

   The '--fix-arm1176' switch enables a link-time workaround for an
erratum in certain ARM1176 processors.  The workaround is enabled by
default if you are targeting ARM v6 (excluding ARM v6T2) or earlier.  It
can be disabled unconditionally by specifying '--no-fix-arm1176'.

   Further information is available in the "ARM1176JZ-S and ARM1176JZF-S
Programmer Advice Notice" available on the ARM documentation website at:
http://infocenter.arm.com/.

   The '--no-enum-size-warning' switch prevents the linker from warning
when linking object files that specify incompatible EABI enumeration
size attributes.  For example, with this switch enabled, linking of an
object file using 32-bit enumeration values with another using
enumeration values fitted into the smallest possible space will not be
diagnosed.

   The '--no-wchar-size-warning' switch prevents the linker from warning
when linking object files that specify incompatible EABI 'wchar_t' size
attributes.  For example, with this switch enabled, linking of an object
file using 32-bit 'wchar_t' values with another using 16-bit 'wchar_t'
values will not be diagnosed.

   The '--pic-veneer' switch makes the linker use PIC sequences for
ARM/Thumb interworking veneers, even if the rest of the binary is not
PIC. This avoids problems on uClinux targets where '--emit-relocs' is
used to generate relocatable binaries.

   The linker will automatically generate and insert small sequences of
code into a linked ARM ELF executable whenever an attempt is made to
perform a function call to a symbol that is too far away.  The placement
of these sequences of instructions - called stubs - is controlled by the
command line option '--stub-group-size=N'.  The placement is important
because a poor choice can create a need for duplicate stubs, increasing
the code size.  The linker will try to group stubs together in order to
reduce interruptions to the flow of code, but it needs guidance as to
how big these groups should be and where they should be placed.

   The value of 'N', the parameter to the '--stub-group-size=' option
controls where the stub groups are placed.  If it is negative then all
stubs are placed after the first branch that needs them.  If it is
positive then the stubs can be placed either before or after the
branches that need them.  If the value of 'N' is 1 (either +1 or -1)
then the linker will choose exactly where to place groups of stubs,
using its built in heuristics.  A value of 'N' greater than 1 (or
smaller than -1) tells the linker that a single group of stubs can
service at most 'N' bytes from the input sections.

   The default, if '--stub-group-size=' is not specified, is 'N = +1'.

   Farcalls stubs insertion is fully supported for the ARM-EABI target
only, because it relies on object files properties not present
otherwise.


File: ld.info,  Node: HPPA ELF32,  Next: M68K,  Prev: ARM,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.5 'ld' and HPPA 32-bit ELF Support
====================================

When generating a shared library, 'ld' will by default generate import
stubs suitable for use with a single sub-space application.  The
'--multi-subspace' switch causes 'ld' to generate export stubs, and
different (larger) import stubs suitable for use with multiple
sub-spaces.

   Long branch stubs and import/export stubs are placed by 'ld' in stub
sections located between groups of input sections.  '--stub-group-size'
specifies the maximum size of a group of input sections handled by one
stub section.  Since branch offsets are signed, a stub section may serve
two groups of input sections, one group before the stub section, and one
group after it.  However, when using conditional branches that require
stubs, it may be better (for branch prediction) that stub sections only
serve one group of input sections.  A negative value for 'N' chooses
this scheme, ensuring that branches to stubs always use a negative
offset.  Two special values of 'N' are recognized, '1' and '-1'.  These
both instruct 'ld' to automatically size input section groups for the
branch types detected, with the same behaviour regarding stub placement
as other positive or negative values of 'N' respectively.

   Note that '--stub-group-size' does not split input sections.  A
single input section larger than the group size specified will of course
create a larger group (of one section).  If input sections are too
large, it may not be possible for a branch to reach its stub.


File: ld.info,  Node: M68K,  Next: MIPS,  Prev: HPPA ELF32,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.6 'ld' and the Motorola 68K family
====================================

The '--got=TYPE' option lets you choose the GOT generation scheme.  The
choices are 'single', 'negative', 'multigot' and 'target'.  When
'target' is selected the linker chooses the default GOT generation
scheme for the current target.  'single' tells the linker to generate a
single GOT with entries only at non-negative offsets.  'negative'
instructs the linker to generate a single GOT with entries at both
negative and positive offsets.  Not all environments support such GOTs.
'multigot' allows the linker to generate several GOTs in the output
file.  All GOT references from a single input object file access the
same GOT, but references from different input object files might access
different GOTs.  Not all environments support such GOTs.


File: ld.info,  Node: MIPS,  Next: MMIX,  Prev: M68K,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.7 'ld' and the MIPS family
============================

The '--insn32' and '--no-insn32' options control the choice of microMIPS
instructions used in code generated by the linker, such as that in the
PLT or lazy binding stubs, or in relaxation.  If '--insn32' is used,
then the linker only uses 32-bit instruction encodings.  By default or
if '--no-insn32' is used, all instruction encodings are used, including
16-bit ones where possible.


File: ld.info,  Node: MMIX,  Next: MSP430,  Prev: MIPS,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.8 'ld' and MMIX
=================

For MMIX, there is a choice of generating 'ELF' object files or 'mmo'
object files when linking.  The simulator 'mmix' understands the 'mmo'
format.  The binutils 'objcopy' utility can translate between the two
formats.

   There is one special section, the '.MMIX.reg_contents' section.
Contents in this section is assumed to correspond to that of global
registers, and symbols referring to it are translated to special
symbols, equal to registers.  In a final link, the start address of the
'.MMIX.reg_contents' section corresponds to the first allocated global
register multiplied by 8.  Register '$255' is not included in this
section; it is always set to the program entry, which is at the symbol
'Main' for 'mmo' files.

   Global symbols with the prefix '__.MMIX.start.', for example
'__.MMIX.start..text' and '__.MMIX.start..data' are special.  The
default linker script uses these to set the default start address of a
section.

   Initial and trailing multiples of zero-valued 32-bit words in a
section, are left out from an mmo file.


File: ld.info,  Node: MSP430,  Next: PowerPC ELF32,  Prev: MMIX,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.9 'ld' and MSP430
===================

For the MSP430 it is possible to select the MPU architecture.  The flag
'-m [mpu type]' will select an appropriate linker script for selected
MPU type.  (To get a list of known MPUs just pass '-m help' option to
the linker).

   The linker will recognize some extra sections which are MSP430
specific:

''.vectors''
     Defines a portion of ROM where interrupt vectors located.

''.bootloader''
     Defines the bootloader portion of the ROM (if applicable).  Any
     code in this section will be uploaded to the MPU.

''.infomem''
     Defines an information memory section (if applicable).  Any code in
     this section will be uploaded to the MPU.

''.infomemnobits''
     This is the same as the '.infomem' section except that any code in
     this section will not be uploaded to the MPU.

''.noinit''
     Denotes a portion of RAM located above '.bss' section.

     The last two sections are used by gcc.


File: ld.info,  Node: PowerPC ELF32,  Next: PowerPC64 ELF64,  Prev: MSP430,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.10 'ld' and PowerPC 32-bit ELF Support
========================================

Branches on PowerPC processors are limited to a signed 26-bit
displacement, which may result in 'ld' giving 'relocation truncated to
fit' errors with very large programs.  '--relax' enables the generation
of trampolines that can access the entire 32-bit address space.  These
trampolines are inserted at section boundaries, so may not themselves be
reachable if an input section exceeds 33M in size.  You may combine '-r'
and '--relax' to add trampolines in a partial link.  In that case both
branches to undefined symbols and inter-section branches are also
considered potentially out of range, and trampolines inserted.

'--bss-plt'
     Current PowerPC GCC accepts a '-msecure-plt' option that generates
     code capable of using a newer PLT and GOT layout that has the
     security advantage of no executable section ever needing to be
     writable and no writable section ever being executable.  PowerPC
     'ld' will generate this layout, including stubs to access the PLT,
     if all input files (including startup and static libraries) were
     compiled with '-msecure-plt'.  '--bss-plt' forces the old BSS PLT
     (and GOT layout) which can give slightly better performance.

'--secure-plt'
     'ld' will use the new PLT and GOT layout if it is linking new
     '-fpic' or '-fPIC' code, but does not do so automatically when
     linking non-PIC code.  This option requests the new PLT and GOT
     layout.  A warning will be given if some object file requires the
     old style BSS PLT.

'--sdata-got'
     The new secure PLT and GOT are placed differently relative to other
     sections compared to older BSS PLT and GOT placement.  The location
     of '.plt' must change because the new secure PLT is an initialized
     section while the old PLT is uninitialized.  The reason for the
     '.got' change is more subtle: The new placement allows '.got' to be
     read-only in applications linked with '-z relro -z now'.  However,
     this placement means that '.sdata' cannot always be used in shared
     libraries, because the PowerPC ABI accesses '.sdata' in shared
     libraries from the GOT pointer.  '--sdata-got' forces the old GOT
     placement.  PowerPC GCC doesn't use '.sdata' in shared libraries,
     so this option is really only useful for other compilers that may
     do so.

'--emit-stub-syms'
     This option causes 'ld' to label linker stubs with a local symbol
     that encodes the stub type and destination.

'--no-tls-optimize'
     PowerPC 'ld' normally performs some optimization of code sequences
     used to access Thread-Local Storage.  Use this option to disable
     the optimization.


File: ld.info,  Node: PowerPC64 ELF64,  Next: SPU ELF,  Prev: PowerPC ELF32,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.11 'ld' and PowerPC64 64-bit ELF Support
==========================================

'--stub-group-size'
     Long branch stubs, PLT call stubs and TOC adjusting stubs are
     placed by 'ld' in stub sections located between groups of input
     sections.  '--stub-group-size' specifies the maximum size of a
     group of input sections handled by one stub section.  Since branch
     offsets are signed, a stub section may serve two groups of input
     sections, one group before the stub section, and one group after
     it.  However, when using conditional branches that require stubs,
     it may be better (for branch prediction) that stub sections only
     serve one group of input sections.  A negative value for 'N'
     chooses this scheme, ensuring that branches to stubs always use a
     negative offset.  Two special values of 'N' are recognized, '1' and
     '-1'.  These both instruct 'ld' to automatically size input section
     groups for the branch types detected, with the same behaviour
     regarding stub placement as other positive or negative values of
     'N' respectively.

     Note that '--stub-group-size' does not split input sections.  A
     single input section larger than the group size specified will of
     course create a larger group (of one section).  If input sections
     are too large, it may not be possible for a branch to reach its
     stub.

'--emit-stub-syms'
     This option causes 'ld' to label linker stubs with a local symbol
     that encodes the stub type and destination.

'--dotsyms, --no-dotsyms'
     These two options control how 'ld' interprets version patterns in a
     version script.  Older PowerPC64 compilers emitted both a function
     descriptor symbol with the same name as the function, and a code
     entry symbol with the name prefixed by a dot ('.').  To properly
     version a function 'foo', the version script thus needs to control
     both 'foo' and '.foo'.  The option '--dotsyms', on by default,
     automatically adds the required dot-prefixed patterns.  Use
     '--no-dotsyms' to disable this feature.

'--no-tls-optimize'
     PowerPC64 'ld' normally performs some optimization of code
     sequences used to access Thread-Local Storage.  Use this option to
     disable the optimization.

'--no-opd-optimize'
     PowerPC64 'ld' normally removes '.opd' section entries
     corresponding to deleted link-once functions, or functions removed
     by the action of '--gc-sections' or linker script '/DISCARD/'.  Use
     this option to disable '.opd' optimization.

'--non-overlapping-opd'
     Some PowerPC64 compilers have an option to generate compressed
     '.opd' entries spaced 16 bytes apart, overlapping the third word,
     the static chain pointer (unused in C) with the first word of the
     next entry.  This option expands such entries to the full 24 bytes.

'--no-toc-optimize'
     PowerPC64 'ld' normally removes unused '.toc' section entries.
     Such entries are detected by examining relocations that reference
     the TOC in code sections.  A reloc in a deleted code section marks
     a TOC word as unneeded, while a reloc in a kept code section marks
     a TOC word as needed.  Since the TOC may reference itself, TOC
     relocs are also examined.  TOC words marked as both needed and
     unneeded will of course be kept.  TOC words without any referencing
     reloc are assumed to be part of a multi-word entry, and are kept or
     discarded as per the nearest marked preceding word.  This works
     reliably for compiler generated code, but may be incorrect if
     assembly code is used to insert TOC entries.  Use this option to
     disable the optimization.

'--no-multi-toc'
     If given any toc option besides '-mcmodel=medium' or
     '-mcmodel=large', PowerPC64 GCC generates code for a TOC model
     where TOC entries are accessed with a 16-bit offset from r2.  This
     limits the total TOC size to 64K. PowerPC64 'ld' extends this limit
     by grouping code sections such that each group uses less than 64K
     for its TOC entries, then inserts r2 adjusting stubs between
     inter-group calls.  'ld' does not split apart input sections, so
     cannot help if a single input file has a '.toc' section that
     exceeds 64K, most likely from linking multiple files with 'ld -r'.
     Use this option to turn off this feature.

'--no-toc-sort'
     By default, 'ld' sorts TOC sections so that those whose file
     happens to have a section called '.init' or '.fini' are placed
     first, followed by TOC sections referenced by code generated with
     PowerPC64 gcc's '-mcmodel=small', and lastly TOC sections
     referenced only by code generated with PowerPC64 gcc's
     '-mcmodel=medium' or '-mcmodel=large' options.  Doing this results
     in better TOC grouping for multi-TOC. Use this option to turn off
     this feature.

'--plt-align'
'--no-plt-align'
     Use these options to control whether individual PLT call stubs are
     aligned to a 32-byte boundary, or to the specified power of two
     boundary when using '--plt-align='.  By default PLT call stubs are
     packed tightly.

'--plt-static-chain'
'--no-plt-static-chain'
     Use these options to control whether PLT call stubs load the static
     chain pointer (r11).  'ld' defaults to not loading the static chain
     since there is never any need to do so on a PLT call.

'--plt-thread-safe'
'--no-thread-safe'
     With power7's weakly ordered memory model, it is possible when
     using lazy binding for ld.so to update a plt entry in one thread
     and have another thread see the individual plt entry words update
     in the wrong order, despite ld.so carefully writing in the correct
     order and using memory write barriers.  To avoid this we need some
     sort of read barrier in the call stub, or use LD_BIND_NOW=1.  By
     default, 'ld' looks for calls to commonly used functions that
     create threads, and if seen, adds the necessary barriers.  Use
     these options to change the default behaviour.


File: ld.info,  Node: SPU ELF,  Next: TI COFF,  Prev: PowerPC64 ELF64,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.12 'ld' and SPU ELF Support
=============================

'--plugin'
     This option marks an executable as a PIC plugin module.

'--no-overlays'
     Normally, 'ld' recognizes calls to functions within overlay
     regions, and redirects such calls to an overlay manager via a stub.
     'ld' also provides a built-in overlay manager.  This option turns
     off all this special overlay handling.

'--emit-stub-syms'
     This option causes 'ld' to label overlay stubs with a local symbol
     that encodes the stub type and destination.

'--extra-overlay-stubs'
     This option causes 'ld' to add overlay call stubs on all function
     calls out of overlay regions.  Normally stubs are not added on
     calls to non-overlay regions.

'--local-store=lo:hi'
     'ld' usually checks that a final executable for SPU fits in the
     address range 0 to 256k.  This option may be used to change the
     range.  Disable the check entirely with '--local-store=0:0'.

'--stack-analysis'
     SPU local store space is limited.  Over-allocation of stack space
     unnecessarily limits space available for code and data, while
     under-allocation results in runtime failures.  If given this
     option, 'ld' will provide an estimate of maximum stack usage.  'ld'
     does this by examining symbols in code sections to determine the
     extents of functions, and looking at function prologues for stack
     adjusting instructions.  A call-graph is created by looking for
     relocations on branch instructions.  The graph is then searched for
     the maximum stack usage path.  Note that this analysis does not
     find calls made via function pointers, and does not handle
     recursion and other cycles in the call graph.  Stack usage may be
     under-estimated if your code makes such calls.  Also, stack usage
     for dynamic allocation, e.g.  alloca, will not be detected.  If a
     link map is requested, detailed information about each function's
     stack usage and calls will be given.

'--emit-stack-syms'
     This option, if given along with '--stack-analysis' will result in
     'ld' emitting stack sizing symbols for each function.  These take
     the form '__stack_<function_name>' for global functions, and
     '__stack_<number>_<function_name>' for static functions.
     '<number>' is the section id in hex.  The value of such symbols is
     the stack requirement for the corresponding function.  The symbol
     size will be zero, type 'STT_NOTYPE', binding 'STB_LOCAL', and
     section 'SHN_ABS'.


File: ld.info,  Node: TI COFF,  Next: WIN32,  Prev: SPU ELF,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.13 'ld''s Support for Various TI COFF Versions
================================================

The '--format' switch allows selection of one of the various TI COFF
versions.  The latest of this writing is 2; versions 0 and 1 are also
supported.  The TI COFF versions also vary in header byte-order format;
'ld' will read any version or byte order, but the output header format
depends on the default specified by the specific target.


File: ld.info,  Node: WIN32,  Next: Xtensa,  Prev: TI COFF,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.14 'ld' and WIN32 (cygwin/mingw)
==================================

This section describes some of the win32 specific 'ld' issues.  See
*note Command Line Options: Options. for detailed description of the
command line options mentioned here.

_import libraries_
     The standard Windows linker creates and uses so-called import
     libraries, which contains information for linking to dll's.  They
     are regular static archives and are handled as any other static
     archive.  The cygwin and mingw ports of 'ld' have specific support
     for creating such libraries provided with the '--out-implib'
     command line option.

_exporting DLL symbols_
     The cygwin/mingw 'ld' has several ways to export symbols for dll's.

     _using auto-export functionality_
          By default 'ld' exports symbols with the auto-export
          functionality, which is controlled by the following command
          line options:

             * -export-all-symbols [This is the default]
             * -exclude-symbols
             * -exclude-libs
             * -exclude-modules-for-implib
             * -version-script

          When auto-export is in operation, 'ld' will export all the
          non-local (global and common) symbols it finds in a DLL, with
          the exception of a few symbols known to belong to the system's
          runtime and libraries.  As it will often not be desirable to
          export all of a DLL's symbols, which may include private
          functions that are not part of any public interface, the
          command-line options listed above may be used to filter
          symbols out from the list for exporting.  The '--output-def'
          option can be used in order to see the final list of exported
          symbols with all exclusions taken into effect.

          If '--export-all-symbols' is not given explicitly on the
          command line, then the default auto-export behavior will be
          _disabled_ if either of the following are true:

             * A DEF file is used.
             * Any symbol in any object file was marked with the
               __declspec(dllexport) attribute.

     _using a DEF file_
          Another way of exporting symbols is using a DEF file.  A DEF
          file is an ASCII file containing definitions of symbols which
          should be exported when a dll is created.  Usually it is named
          '<dll name>.def' and is added as any other object file to the
          linker's command line.  The file's name must end in '.def' or
          '.DEF'.

               gcc -o <output> <objectfiles> <dll name>.def

          Using a DEF file turns off the normal auto-export behavior,
          unless the '--export-all-symbols' option is also used.

          Here is an example of a DEF file for a shared library called
          'xyz.dll':

               LIBRARY "xyz.dll" BASE=0x20000000

               EXPORTS
               foo
               bar
               _bar = bar
               another_foo = abc.dll.afoo
               var1 DATA
               doo = foo == foo2
               eoo DATA == var1

          This example defines a DLL with a non-default base address and
          seven symbols in the export table.  The third exported symbol
          '_bar' is an alias for the second.  The fourth symbol,
          'another_foo' is resolved by "forwarding" to another module
          and treating it as an alias for 'afoo' exported from the DLL
          'abc.dll'.  The final symbol 'var1' is declared to be a data
          object.  The 'doo' symbol in export library is an alias of
          'foo', which gets the string name in export table 'foo2'.  The
          'eoo' symbol is an data export symbol, which gets in export
          table the name 'var1'.

          The optional 'LIBRARY <name>' command indicates the _internal_
          name of the output DLL. If '<name>' does not include a suffix,
          the default library suffix, '.DLL' is appended.

          When the .DEF file is used to build an application, rather
          than a library, the 'NAME <name>' command should be used
          instead of 'LIBRARY'.  If '<name>' does not include a suffix,
          the default executable suffix, '.EXE' is appended.

          With either 'LIBRARY <name>' or 'NAME <name>' the optional
          specification 'BASE = <number>' may be used to specify a
          non-default base address for the image.

          If neither 'LIBRARY <name>' nor 'NAME <name>' is specified, or
          they specify an empty string, the internal name is the same as
          the filename specified on the command line.

          The complete specification of an export symbol is:

               EXPORTS
                 ( (  ( <name1> [ = <name2> ] )
                    | ( <name1> = <module-name> . <external-name>))
                 [ @ <integer> ] [NONAME] [DATA] [CONSTANT] [PRIVATE] [== <name3>] ) *

          Declares '<name1>' as an exported symbol from the DLL, or
          declares '<name1>' as an exported alias for '<name2>'; or
          declares '<name1>' as a "forward" alias for the symbol
          '<external-name>' in the DLL '<module-name>'.  Optionally, the
          symbol may be exported by the specified ordinal '<integer>'
          alias.  The optional '<name3>' is the to be used string in
          import/export table for the symbol.

          The optional keywords that follow the declaration indicate:

          'NONAME': Do not put the symbol name in the DLL's export
          table.  It will still be exported by its ordinal alias (either
          the value specified by the .def specification or, otherwise,
          the value assigned by the linker).  The symbol name, however,
          does remain visible in the import library (if any), unless
          'PRIVATE' is also specified.

          'DATA': The symbol is a variable or object, rather than a
          function.  The import lib will export only an indirect
          reference to 'foo' as the symbol '_imp__foo' (ie, 'foo' must
          be resolved as '*_imp__foo').

          'CONSTANT': Like 'DATA', but put the undecorated 'foo' as well
          as '_imp__foo' into the import library.  Both refer to the
          read-only import address table's pointer to the variable, not
          to the variable itself.  This can be dangerous.  If the user
          code fails to add the 'dllimport' attribute and also fails to
          explicitly add the extra indirection that the use of the
          attribute enforces, the application will behave unexpectedly.

          'PRIVATE': Put the symbol in the DLL's export table, but do
          not put it into the static import library used to resolve
          imports at link time.  The symbol can still be imported using
          the 'LoadLibrary/GetProcAddress' API at runtime or by by using
          the GNU ld extension of linking directly to the DLL without an
          import library.

          See ld/deffilep.y in the binutils sources for the full
          specification of other DEF file statements

          While linking a shared dll, 'ld' is able to create a DEF file
          with the '--output-def <file>' command line option.

     _Using decorations_
          Another way of marking symbols for export is to modify the
          source code itself, so that when building the DLL each symbol
          to be exported is declared as:

               __declspec(dllexport) int a_variable
               __declspec(dllexport) void a_function(int with_args)

          All such symbols will be exported from the DLL. If, however,
          any of the object files in the DLL contain symbols decorated
          in this way, then the normal auto-export behavior is disabled,
          unless the '--export-all-symbols' option is also used.

          Note that object files that wish to access these symbols must
          _not_ decorate them with dllexport.  Instead, they should use
          dllimport, instead:

               __declspec(dllimport) int a_variable
               __declspec(dllimport) void a_function(int with_args)

          This complicates the structure of library header files,
          because when included by the library itself the header must
          declare the variables and functions as dllexport, but when
          included by client code the header must declare them as
          dllimport.  There are a number of idioms that are typically
          used to do this; often client code can omit the __declspec()
          declaration completely.  See '--enable-auto-import' and
          'automatic data imports' for more information.

_automatic data imports_
     The standard Windows dll format supports data imports from dlls
     only by adding special decorations (dllimport/dllexport), which let
     the compiler produce specific assembler instructions to deal with
     this issue.  This increases the effort necessary to port existing
     Un*x code to these platforms, especially for large c++ libraries
     and applications.  The auto-import feature, which was initially
     provided by Paul Sokolovsky, allows one to omit the decorations to
     achieve a behavior that conforms to that on POSIX/Un*x platforms.
     This feature is enabled with the '--enable-auto-import'
     command-line option, although it is enabled by default on
     cygwin/mingw.  The '--enable-auto-import' option itself now serves
     mainly to suppress any warnings that are ordinarily emitted when
     linked objects trigger the feature's use.

     auto-import of variables does not always work flawlessly without
     additional assistance.  Sometimes, you will see this message

     "variable '<var>' can't be auto-imported.  Please read the
     documentation for ld's '--enable-auto-import' for details."

     The '--enable-auto-import' documentation explains why this error
     occurs, and several methods that can be used to overcome this
     difficulty.  One of these methods is the _runtime pseudo-relocs_
     feature, described below.

     For complex variables imported from DLLs (such as structs or
     classes), object files typically contain a base address for the
     variable and an offset (_addend_) within the variable-to specify a
     particular field or public member, for instance.  Unfortunately,
     the runtime loader used in win32 environments is incapable of
     fixing these references at runtime without the additional
     information supplied by dllimport/dllexport decorations.  The
     standard auto-import feature described above is unable to resolve
     these references.

     The '--enable-runtime-pseudo-relocs' switch allows these references
     to be resolved without error, while leaving the task of adjusting
     the references themselves (with their non-zero addends) to
     specialized code provided by the runtime environment.  Recent
     versions of the cygwin and mingw environments and compilers provide
     this runtime support; older versions do not.  However, the support
     is only necessary on the developer's platform; the compiled result
     will run without error on an older system.

     '--enable-runtime-pseudo-relocs' is not the default; it must be
     explicitly enabled as needed.

_direct linking to a dll_
     The cygwin/mingw ports of 'ld' support the direct linking,
     including data symbols, to a dll without the usage of any import
     libraries.  This is much faster and uses much less memory than does
     the traditional import library method, especially when linking
     large libraries or applications.  When 'ld' creates an import lib,
     each function or variable exported from the dll is stored in its
     own bfd, even though a single bfd could contain many exports.  The
     overhead involved in storing, loading, and processing so many bfd's
     is quite large, and explains the tremendous time, memory, and
     storage needed to link against particularly large or complex
     libraries when using import libs.

     Linking directly to a dll uses no extra command-line switches other
     than '-L' and '-l', because 'ld' already searches for a number of
     names to match each library.  All that is needed from the
     developer's perspective is an understanding of this search, in
     order to force ld to select the dll instead of an import library.

     For instance, when ld is called with the argument '-lxxx' it will
     attempt to find, in the first directory of its search path,

          libxxx.dll.a
          xxx.dll.a
          libxxx.a
          xxx.lib
          cygxxx.dll (*)
          libxxx.dll
          xxx.dll

     before moving on to the next directory in the search path.

     (*) Actually, this is not 'cygxxx.dll' but in fact is
     '<prefix>xxx.dll', where '<prefix>' is set by the 'ld' option
     '--dll-search-prefix=<prefix>'.  In the case of cygwin, the
     standard gcc spec file includes '--dll-search-prefix=cyg', so in
     effect we actually search for 'cygxxx.dll'.

     Other win32-based unix environments, such as mingw or pw32, may use
     other '<prefix>'es, although at present only cygwin makes use of
     this feature.  It was originally intended to help avoid name
     conflicts among dll's built for the various win32/un*x
     environments, so that (for example) two versions of a zlib dll
     could coexist on the same machine.

     The generic cygwin/mingw path layout uses a 'bin' directory for
     applications and dll's and a 'lib' directory for the import
     libraries (using cygwin nomenclature):

          bin/
          	cygxxx.dll
          lib/
          	libxxx.dll.a   (in case of dll's)
          	libxxx.a       (in case of static archive)

     Linking directly to a dll without using the import library can be
     done two ways:

     1.  Use the dll directly by adding the 'bin' path to the link line
          gcc -Wl,-verbose  -o a.exe -L../bin/ -lxxx

     However, as the dll's often have version numbers appended to their
     names ('cygncurses-5.dll') this will often fail, unless one
     specifies '-L../bin -lncurses-5' to include the version.  Import
     libs are generally not versioned, and do not have this difficulty.

     2.  Create a symbolic link from the dll to a file in the 'lib'
     directory according to the above mentioned search pattern.  This
     should be used to avoid unwanted changes in the tools needed for
     making the app/dll.

          ln -s bin/cygxxx.dll lib/[cyg|lib|]xxx.dll[.a]

     Then you can link without any make environment changes.

          gcc -Wl,-verbose  -o a.exe -L../lib/ -lxxx

     This technique also avoids the version number problems, because the
     following is perfectly legal

          bin/
          	cygxxx-5.dll
          lib/
          	libxxx.dll.a -> ../bin/cygxxx-5.dll

     Linking directly to a dll without using an import lib will work
     even when auto-import features are exercised, and even when
     '--enable-runtime-pseudo-relocs' is used.

     Given the improvements in speed and memory usage, one might
     justifiably wonder why import libraries are used at all.  There are
     three reasons:

     1.  Until recently, the link-directly-to-dll functionality did
     _not_ work with auto-imported data.

     2.  Sometimes it is necessary to include pure static objects within
     the import library (which otherwise contains only bfd's for
     indirection symbols that point to the exports of a dll).  Again,
     the import lib for the cygwin kernel makes use of this ability, and
     it is not possible to do this without an import lib.

     3.  Symbol aliases can only be resolved using an import lib.  This
     is critical when linking against OS-supplied dll's (eg, the win32
     API) in which symbols are usually exported as undecorated aliases
     of their stdcall-decorated assembly names.

     So, import libs are not going away.  But the ability to replace
     true import libs with a simple symbolic link to (or a copy of) a
     dll, in many cases, is a useful addition to the suite of tools
     binutils makes available to the win32 developer.  Given the massive
     improvements in memory requirements during linking, storage
     requirements, and linking speed, we expect that many developers
     will soon begin to use this feature whenever possible.

_symbol aliasing_
     _adding additional names_
          Sometimes, it is useful to export symbols with additional
          names.  A symbol 'foo' will be exported as 'foo', but it can
          also be exported as '_foo' by using special directives in the
          DEF file when creating the dll.  This will affect also the
          optional created import library.  Consider the following DEF
          file:

               LIBRARY "xyz.dll" BASE=0x61000000

               EXPORTS
               foo
               _foo = foo

          The line '_foo = foo' maps the symbol 'foo' to '_foo'.

          Another method for creating a symbol alias is to create it in
          the source code using the "weak" attribute:

               void foo () { /* Do something.  */; }
               void _foo () __attribute__ ((weak, alias ("foo")));

          See the gcc manual for more information about attributes and
          weak symbols.

     _renaming symbols_
          Sometimes it is useful to rename exports.  For instance, the
          cygwin kernel does this regularly.  A symbol '_foo' can be
          exported as 'foo' but not as '_foo' by using special
          directives in the DEF file.  (This will also affect the import
          library, if it is created).  In the following example:

               LIBRARY "xyz.dll" BASE=0x61000000

               EXPORTS
               _foo = foo

          The line '_foo = foo' maps the exported symbol 'foo' to
          '_foo'.

     Note: using a DEF file disables the default auto-export behavior,
     unless the '--export-all-symbols' command line option is used.  If,
     however, you are trying to rename symbols, then you should list
     _all_ desired exports in the DEF file, including the symbols that
     are not being renamed, and do _not_ use the '--export-all-symbols'
     option.  If you list only the renamed symbols in the DEF file, and
     use '--export-all-symbols' to handle the other symbols, then the
     both the new names _and_ the original names for the renamed symbols
     will be exported.  In effect, you'd be aliasing those symbols, not
     renaming them, which is probably not what you wanted.

_weak externals_
     The Windows object format, PE, specifies a form of weak symbols
     called weak externals.  When a weak symbol is linked and the symbol
     is not defined, the weak symbol becomes an alias for some other
     symbol.  There are three variants of weak externals:
        * Definition is searched for in objects and libraries,
          historically called lazy externals.
        * Definition is searched for only in other objects, not in
          libraries.  This form is not presently implemented.
        * No search; the symbol is an alias.  This form is not presently
          implemented.
     As a GNU extension, weak symbols that do not specify an alternate
     symbol are supported.  If the symbol is undefined when linking, the
     symbol uses a default value.

_aligned common symbols_
     As a GNU extension to the PE file format, it is possible to specify
     the desired alignment for a common symbol.  This information is
     conveyed from the assembler or compiler to the linker by means of
     GNU-specific commands carried in the object file's '.drectve'
     section, which are recognized by 'ld' and respected when laying out
     the common symbols.  Native tools will be able to process object
     files employing this GNU extension, but will fail to respect the
     alignment instructions, and may issue noisy warnings about unknown
     linker directives.


File: ld.info,  Node: Xtensa,  Prev: WIN32,  Up: Machine Dependent

4.15 'ld' and Xtensa Processors
===============================

The default 'ld' behavior for Xtensa processors is to interpret
'SECTIONS' commands so that lists of explicitly named sections in a
specification with a wildcard file will be interleaved when necessary to
keep literal pools within the range of PC-relative load offsets.  For
example, with the command:

     SECTIONS
     {
       .text : {
         *(.literal .text)
       }
     }

'ld' may interleave some of the '.literal' and '.text' sections from
different object files to ensure that the literal pools are within the
range of PC-relative load offsets.  A valid interleaving might place the
'.literal' sections from an initial group of files followed by the
'.text' sections of that group of files.  Then, the '.literal' sections
from the rest of the files and the '.text' sections from the rest of the
files would follow.

   Relaxation is enabled by default for the Xtensa version of 'ld' and
provides two important link-time optimizations.  The first optimization
is to combine identical literal values to reduce code size.  A redundant
literal will be removed and all the 'L32R' instructions that use it will
be changed to reference an identical literal, as long as the location of
the replacement literal is within the offset range of all the 'L32R'
instructions.  The second optimization is to remove unnecessary overhead
from assembler-generated "longcall" sequences of 'L32R'/'CALLXN' when
the target functions are within range of direct 'CALLN' instructions.

   For each of these cases where an indirect call sequence can be
optimized to a direct call, the linker will change the 'CALLXN'
instruction to a 'CALLN' instruction, remove the 'L32R' instruction, and
remove the literal referenced by the 'L32R' instruction if it is not
used for anything else.  Removing the 'L32R' instruction always reduces
code size but can potentially hurt performance by changing the alignment
of subsequent branch targets.  By default, the linker will always
preserve alignments, either by switching some instructions between
24-bit encodings and the equivalent density instructions or by inserting
a no-op in place of the 'L32R' instruction that was removed.  If code
size is more important than performance, the '--size-opt' option can be
used to prevent the linker from widening density instructions or
inserting no-ops, except in a few cases where no-ops are required for
correctness.

   The following Xtensa-specific command-line options can be used to
control the linker:

'--size-opt'
     When optimizing indirect calls to direct calls, optimize for code
     size more than performance.  With this option, the linker will not
     insert no-ops or widen density instructions to preserve branch
     target alignment.  There may still be some cases where no-ops are
     required to preserve the correctness of the code.


File: ld.info,  Node: BFD,  Next: Reporting Bugs,  Prev: Machine Dependent,  Up: Top

5 BFD
*****

The linker accesses object and archive files using the BFD libraries.
These libraries allow the linker to use the same routines to operate on
object files whatever the object file format.  A different object file
format can be supported simply by creating a new BFD back end and adding
it to the library.  To conserve runtime memory, however, the linker and
associated tools are usually configured to support only a subset of the
object file formats available.  You can use 'objdump -i' (*note objdump:
(binutils.info)objdump.) to list all the formats available for your
configuration.

   As with most implementations, BFD is a compromise between several
conflicting requirements.  The major factor influencing BFD design was
efficiency: any time used converting between formats is time which would
not have been spent had BFD not been involved.  This is partly offset by
abstraction payback; since BFD simplifies applications and back ends,
more time and care may be spent optimizing algorithms for a greater
speed.

   One minor artifact of the BFD solution which you should bear in mind
is the potential for information loss.  There are two places where
useful information can be lost using the BFD mechanism: during
conversion and during output.  *Note BFD information loss::.

* Menu:

* BFD outline::                 How it works: an outline of BFD


File: ld.info,  Node: BFD outline,  Up: BFD

5.1 How It Works: An Outline of BFD
===================================

When an object file is opened, BFD subroutines automatically determine
the format of the input object file.  They then build a descriptor in
memory with pointers to routines that will be used to access elements of
the object file's data structures.

   As different information from the object files is required, BFD reads
from different sections of the file and processes them.  For example, a
very common operation for the linker is processing symbol tables.  Each
BFD back end provides a routine for converting between the object file's
representation of symbols and an internal canonical format.  When the
linker asks for the symbol table of an object file, it calls through a
memory pointer to the routine from the relevant BFD back end which reads
and converts the table into a canonical form.  The linker then operates
upon the canonical form.  When the link is finished and the linker
writes the output file's symbol table, another BFD back end routine is
called to take the newly created symbol table and convert it into the
chosen output format.

* Menu:

* BFD information loss::	Information Loss
* Canonical format::		The BFD	canonical object-file format


File: ld.info,  Node: BFD information loss,  Next: Canonical format,  Up: BFD outline

5.1.1 Information Loss
----------------------

_Information can be lost during output._  The output formats supported
by BFD do not provide identical facilities, and information which can be
described in one form has nowhere to go in another format.  One example
of this is alignment information in 'b.out'.  There is nowhere in an
'a.out' format file to store alignment information on the contained
data, so when a file is linked from 'b.out' and an 'a.out' image is
produced, alignment information will not propagate to the output file.
(The linker will still use the alignment information internally, so the
link is performed correctly).

   Another example is COFF section names.  COFF files may contain an
unlimited number of sections, each one with a textual section name.  If
the target of the link is a format which does not have many sections
(e.g., 'a.out') or has sections without names (e.g., the Oasys format),
the link cannot be done simply.  You can circumvent this problem by
describing the desired input-to-output section mapping with the linker
command language.

   _Information can be lost during canonicalization._  The BFD internal
canonical form of the external formats is not exhaustive; there are
structures in input formats for which there is no direct representation
internally.  This means that the BFD back ends cannot maintain all
possible data richness through the transformation between external to
internal and back to external formats.

   This limitation is only a problem when an application reads one
format and writes another.  Each BFD back end is responsible for
maintaining as much data as possible, and the internal BFD canonical
form has structures which are opaque to the BFD core, and exported only
to the back ends.  When a file is read in one format, the canonical form
is generated for BFD and the application.  At the same time, the back
end saves away any information which may otherwise be lost.  If the data
is then written back in the same format, the back end routine will be
able to use the canonical form provided by the BFD core as well as the
information it prepared earlier.  Since there is a great deal of
commonality between back ends, there is no information lost when linking
or copying big endian COFF to little endian COFF, or 'a.out' to 'b.out'.
When a mixture of formats is linked, the information is only lost from
the files whose format differs from the destination.


File: ld.info,  Node: Canonical format,  Prev: BFD information loss,  Up: BFD outline

5.1.2 The BFD canonical object-file format
------------------------------------------

The greatest potential for loss of information occurs when there is the
least overlap between the information provided by the source format,
that stored by the canonical format, and that needed by the destination
format.  A brief description of the canonical form may help you
understand which kinds of data you can count on preserving across
conversions.

_files_
     Information stored on a per-file basis includes target machine
     architecture, particular implementation format type, a demand
     pageable bit, and a write protected bit.  Information like Unix
     magic numbers is not stored here--only the magic numbers' meaning,
     so a 'ZMAGIC' file would have both the demand pageable bit and the
     write protected text bit set.  The byte order of the target is
     stored on a per-file basis, so that big- and little-endian object
     files may be used with one another.

_sections_
     Each section in the input file contains the name of the section,
     the section's original address in the object file, size and
     alignment information, various flags, and pointers into other BFD
     data structures.

_symbols_
     Each symbol contains a pointer to the information for the object
     file which originally defined it, its name, its value, and various
     flag bits.  When a BFD back end reads in a symbol table, it
     relocates all symbols to make them relative to the base of the
     section where they were defined.  Doing this ensures that each
     symbol points to its containing section.  Each symbol also has a
     varying amount of hidden private data for the BFD back end.  Since
     the symbol points to the original file, the private data format for
     that symbol is accessible.  'ld' can operate on a collection of
     symbols of wildly different formats without problems.

     Normal global and simple local symbols are maintained on output, so
     an output file (no matter its format) will retain symbols pointing
     to functions and to global, static, and common variables.  Some
     symbol information is not worth retaining; in 'a.out', type
     information is stored in the symbol table as long symbol names.
     This information would be useless to most COFF debuggers; the
     linker has command line switches to allow users to throw it away.

     There is one word of type information within the symbol, so if the
     format supports symbol type information within symbols (for
     example, COFF, IEEE, Oasys) and the type is simple enough to fit
     within one word (nearly everything but aggregates), the information
     will be preserved.

_relocation level_
     Each canonical BFD relocation record contains a pointer to the
     symbol to relocate to, the offset of the data to relocate, the
     section the data is in, and a pointer to a relocation type
     descriptor.  Relocation is performed by passing messages through
     the relocation type descriptor and the symbol pointer.  Therefore,
     relocations can be performed on output data using a relocation
     method that is only available in one of the input formats.  For
     instance, Oasys provides a byte relocation format.  A relocation
     record requesting this relocation type would point indirectly to a
     routine to perform this, so the relocation may be performed on a
     byte being written to a 68k COFF file, even though 68k COFF has no
     such relocation type.

_line numbers_
     Object formats can contain, for debugging purposes, some form of
     mapping between symbols, source line numbers, and addresses in the
     output file.  These addresses have to be relocated along with the
     symbol information.  Each symbol with an associated list of line
     number records points to the first record of the list.  The head of
     a line number list consists of a pointer to the symbol, which
     allows finding out the address of the function whose line number is
     being described.  The rest of the list is made up of pairs: offsets
     into the section and line numbers.  Any format which can simply
     derive this information can pass it successfully between formats
     (COFF, IEEE and Oasys).


File: ld.info,  Node: Reporting Bugs,  Next: MRI,  Prev: BFD,  Up: Top

6 Reporting Bugs
****************

Your bug reports play an essential role in making 'ld' reliable.

   Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem,
or it may not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report
is to help the entire community by making the next version of 'ld' work
better.  Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of 'ld'.

   In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
information that enables us to fix the bug.

* Menu:

* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs


File: ld.info,  Node: Bug Criteria,  Next: Bug Reporting,  Up: Reporting Bugs

6.1 Have You Found a Bug?
=========================

If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some
guidelines:

   * If the linker gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is
     a 'ld' bug.  Reliable linkers never crash.

   * If 'ld' produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.

   * If 'ld' does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
     may be a bug.  In the general case, the linker can not verify that
     object files are correct.

   * If you are an experienced user of linkers, your suggestions for
     improvement of 'ld' are welcome in any case.


File: ld.info,  Node: Bug Reporting,  Prev: Bug Criteria,  Up: Reporting Bugs

6.2 How to Report Bugs
======================

A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
If you obtained 'ld' from a support organization, we recommend you
contact that organization first.

   You can find contact information for many support companies and
individuals in the file 'etc/SERVICE' in the GNU Emacs distribution.

   Otherwise, send bug reports for 'ld' to
<http://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/>.

   The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this: *report
all the facts*.  If you are not sure whether to state a fact or leave it
out, state it!

   Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
problem and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might
assume that the name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter.
Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps the bug is
a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
that name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the
contents of that location would fool the linker into doing the right
thing despite the bug.  Play it safe and give a specific, complete
example.  That is the easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.

   Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
the bug if it is new to us.  Therefore, always write your bug reports on
the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.

   Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, "Does this ring a
bell?"  This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless.  We
respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.  You
might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.

   To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:

   * The version of 'ld'.  'ld' announces it if you start it with the
     '--version' argument.

     Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in
     looking for the bug in the current version of 'ld'.

   * Any patches you may have applied to the 'ld' source, including any
     patches made to the 'BFD' library.

   * The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name
     and version number.

   * What compiler (and its version) was used to compile 'ld'--e.g.
     "'gcc-2.7'".

   * The command arguments you gave the linker to link your example and
     observe the bug.  To guarantee you will not omit something
     important, list them all.  A copy of the Makefile (or the output
     from make) is sufficient.

     If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess
     wrong and then we might not encounter the bug.

   * A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce
     the bug.  It is generally most helpful to send the actual object
     files provided that they are reasonably small.  Say no more than
     10K. For bigger files you can either make them available by FTP or
     HTTP or else state that you are willing to send the object file(s)
     to whomever requests them.  (Note - your email will be going to a
     mailing list, so we do not want to clog it up with large
     attachments).  But small attachments are best.

     If the source files were assembled using 'gas' or compiled using
     'gcc', then it may be OK to send the source files rather than the
     object files.  In this case, be sure to say exactly what version of
     'gas' or 'gcc' was used to produce the object files.  Also say how
     'gas' or 'gcc' were configured.

   * A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
     incorrect.  For example, "It gets a fatal signal."

     Of course, if the bug is that 'ld' gets a fatal signal, then we
     will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we
     might not notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well
     not give us a chance to make a mistake.

     Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should
     still say so explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on,
     such as, your copy of 'ld' is out of sync, or you have encountered
     a bug in the C library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your
     copy might crash and ours would not.  If you told us to expect a
     crash, then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug
     was not happening for us.  If you had not told us to expect a
     crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
     observations.

   * If you wish to suggest changes to the 'ld' source, send us context
     diffs, as generated by 'diff' with the '-u', '-c', or '-p' option.
     Always send diffs from the old file to the new file.  If you even
     discuss something in the 'ld' source, refer to it by context, not
     by line number.

     The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in
     your sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful information
     to us.

   Here are some things that are not necessary:

   * A description of the envelope of the bug.

     Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
     which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
     changes will not affect it.

     This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way
     we will find the bug is by running a single example under the
     debugger with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of
     examples.  We recommend that you save your time for something else.

     Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report _instead_ of
     the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
     output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
     less time, and so on.

     However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do
     this, report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you
     used.

   * A patch for the bug.

     A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not
     omit the necessary information, such as the test case, on the
     assumption that a patch is all we need.  We might see problems with
     your patch and decide to fix the problem another way, or we might
     not understand it at all.

     Sometimes with a program as complicated as 'ld' it is very hard to
     construct an example that will make the program follow a certain
     path through the code.  If you do not send us the example, we will
     not be able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that
     the bug is fixed.

     And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why
     your patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A
     test case will help us to understand.

   * A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.

     Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about
     such things without first using the debugger to find the facts.


File: ld.info,  Node: MRI,  Next: GNU Free Documentation License,  Prev: Reporting Bugs,  Up: Top

Appendix A MRI Compatible Script Files
**************************************

To aid users making the transition to GNU 'ld' from the MRI linker, 'ld'
can use MRI compatible linker scripts as an alternative to the more
general-purpose linker scripting language described in *note Scripts::.
MRI compatible linker scripts have a much simpler command set than the
scripting language otherwise used with 'ld'.  GNU 'ld' supports the most
commonly used MRI linker commands; these commands are described here.

   In general, MRI scripts aren't of much use with the 'a.out' object
file format, since it only has three sections and MRI scripts lack some
features to make use of them.

   You can specify a file containing an MRI-compatible script using the
'-c' command-line option.

   Each command in an MRI-compatible script occupies its own line; each
command line starts with the keyword that identifies the command (though
blank lines are also allowed for punctuation).  If a line of an
MRI-compatible script begins with an unrecognized keyword, 'ld' issues a
warning message, but continues processing the script.

   Lines beginning with '*' are comments.

   You can write these commands using all upper-case letters, or all
lower case; for example, 'chip' is the same as 'CHIP'.  The following
list shows only the upper-case form of each command.

'ABSOLUTE SECNAME'
'ABSOLUTE SECNAME, SECNAME, ... SECNAME'
     Normally, 'ld' includes in the output file all sections from all
     the input files.  However, in an MRI-compatible script, you can use
     the 'ABSOLUTE' command to restrict the sections that will be
     present in your output program.  If the 'ABSOLUTE' command is used
     at all in a script, then only the sections named explicitly in
     'ABSOLUTE' commands will appear in the linker output.  You can
     still use other input sections (whatever you select on the command
     line, or using 'LOAD') to resolve addresses in the output file.

'ALIAS OUT-SECNAME, IN-SECNAME'
     Use this command to place the data from input section IN-SECNAME in
     a section called OUT-SECNAME in the linker output file.

     IN-SECNAME may be an integer.

'ALIGN SECNAME = EXPRESSION'
     Align the section called SECNAME to EXPRESSION.  The EXPRESSION
     should be a power of two.

'BASE EXPRESSION'
     Use the value of EXPRESSION as the lowest address (other than
     absolute addresses) in the output file.

'CHIP EXPRESSION'
'CHIP EXPRESSION, EXPRESSION'
     This command does nothing; it is accepted only for compatibility.

'END'
     This command does nothing whatever; it's only accepted for
     compatibility.

'FORMAT OUTPUT-FORMAT'
     Similar to the 'OUTPUT_FORMAT' command in the more general linker
     language, but restricted to one of these output formats:

       1. S-records, if OUTPUT-FORMAT is 'S'

       2. IEEE, if OUTPUT-FORMAT is 'IEEE'

       3. COFF (the 'coff-m68k' variant in BFD), if OUTPUT-FORMAT is
          'COFF'

'LIST ANYTHING...'
     Print (to the standard output file) a link map, as produced by the
     'ld' command-line option '-M'.

     The keyword 'LIST' may be followed by anything on the same line,
     with no change in its effect.

'LOAD FILENAME'
'LOAD FILENAME, FILENAME, ... FILENAME'
     Include one or more object file FILENAME in the link; this has the
     same effect as specifying FILENAME directly on the 'ld' command
     line.

'NAME OUTPUT-NAME'
     OUTPUT-NAME is the name for the program produced by 'ld'; the
     MRI-compatible command 'NAME' is equivalent to the command-line
     option '-o' or the general script language command 'OUTPUT'.

'ORDER SECNAME, SECNAME, ... SECNAME'
'ORDER SECNAME SECNAME SECNAME'
     Normally, 'ld' orders the sections in its output file in the order
     in which they first appear in the input files.  In an
     MRI-compatible script, you can override this ordering with the
     'ORDER' command.  The sections you list with 'ORDER' will appear
     first in your output file, in the order specified.

'PUBLIC NAME=EXPRESSION'
'PUBLIC NAME,EXPRESSION'
'PUBLIC NAME EXPRESSION'
     Supply a value (EXPRESSION) for external symbol NAME used in the
     linker input files.

'SECT SECNAME, EXPRESSION'
'SECT SECNAME=EXPRESSION'
'SECT SECNAME EXPRESSION'
     You can use any of these three forms of the 'SECT' command to
     specify the start address (EXPRESSION) for section SECNAME.  If you
     have more than one 'SECT' statement for the same SECNAME, only the
     _first_ sets the start address.


File: ld.info,  Node: GNU Free Documentation License,  Next: LD Index,  Prev: MRI,  Up: Top

Appendix B GNU Free Documentation License
*****************************************

                     Version 1.3, 3 November 2008

     Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     <http://fsf.org/>

     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

  0. PREAMBLE

     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
     functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
     assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
     with or without modifying it, either commercially or
     noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
     author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
     being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

     This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
     works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
     It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
     license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
     free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
     free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
     that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
     software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
     of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.  We
     recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
     instruction or reference.

  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

     This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
     that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
     be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
     grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
     to use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
     "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member
     of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept
     the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
     requiring permission under copyright law.

     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
     Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
     modifications and/or translated into another language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
     of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
     publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
     subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
     fall directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document
     is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
     explain any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of
     historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
     of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
     regarding them.

     The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
     titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
     notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
     If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
     is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may
     contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify
     any Invariant Sections then there are none.

     The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
     listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
     that says that the Document is released under this License.  A
     Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
     be at most 25 words.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
     represented in a format whose specification is available to the
     general public, that is suitable for revising the document
     straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
     of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
     available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
     formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
     suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise
     Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
     been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
     readers is not Transparent.  An image format is not Transparent if
     used for any substantial amount of text.  A copy that is not
     "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

     Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
     ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
     SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
     simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
     Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
     Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
     edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
     the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
     the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
     processors for output purposes only.

     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
     plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
     material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
     works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
     Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
     work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

     The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
     of the Document to the public.

     A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
     whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
     following text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ
     stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
     "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
     To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
     Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
     to this definition.

     The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
     which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
     Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
     this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
     implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
     has no effect on the meaning of this License.

  2. VERBATIM COPYING

     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
     commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
     copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
     applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
     add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
     may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
     or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
     you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
     distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
     conditions in section 3.

     You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
     and you may publicly display copies.

  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

     If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
     have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
     the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
     enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
     these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
     Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
     and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
     front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
     equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material on the
     covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
     long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
     conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

     If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
     legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
     reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
     adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
     numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
     Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
     each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
     network-using public has access to download using public-standard
     network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
     of added material.  If you use the latter option, you must take
     reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
     copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
     remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
     year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
     through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
     the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
     to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
     Document.

  4. MODIFICATIONS

     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
     under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
     release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
     Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
     distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
     possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these things in
     the Modified Version:

       A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
          distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
          versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
          History section of the Document).  You may use the same title
          as a previous version if the original publisher of that
          version gives permission.

       B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
          entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
          the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
          principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
          authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
          from this requirement.

       C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
          Modified Version, as the publisher.

       D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

       E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
          adjacent to the other copyright notices.

       F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
          notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
          Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
          the Addendum below.

       G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
          Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
          license notice.

       H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.

       I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
          and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
          authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
          Title Page.  If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
          Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
          publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
          an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
          previous sentence.

       J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
          for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
          likewise the network locations given in the Document for
          previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in the
          "History" section.  You may omit a network location for a work
          that was published at least four years before the Document
          itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
          to gives permission.

       K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
          Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
          all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
          acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.

       L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
          in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers or the
          equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.

       M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
          may not be included in the Modified Version.

       N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
          "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
          Section.

       O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

     If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
     appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
     material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
     some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their
     titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
     license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any other
     section titles.

     You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
     nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
     parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
     has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
     definition of a standard.

     You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
     and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
     the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage
     of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
     through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document
     already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
     by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
     behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
     one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
     the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
     License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
     assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

     You may combine the Document with other documents released under
     this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
     modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
     of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
     unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
     combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
     their Warranty Disclaimers.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
     multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
     copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
     but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
     by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
     original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
     unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
     the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
     combined work.

     In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
     "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
     Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
     "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You
     must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."

  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
     documents released under this License, and replace the individual
     copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
     that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
     rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
     in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
     distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
     a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
     License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
     document.

  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
     separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
     storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
     copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
     legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
     works permit.  When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
     License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
     are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

     If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
     copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
     of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
     on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
     electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
     form.  Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
     the whole aggregate.

  8. TRANSLATION

     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
     distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
     4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
     permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
     translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
     original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
     translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
     Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
     include the original English version of this License and the
     original versions of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a
     disagreement between the translation and the original version of
     this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
     prevail.

     If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
     "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
     Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
     actual title.

  9. TERMINATION

     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
     except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
     otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
     and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.

     However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
     license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
     provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
     finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
     copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
     reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.

     Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
     reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
     violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
     received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
     that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
     after your receipt of the notice.

     Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
     the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
     under this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not
     permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
     same material does not give you any rights to use it.

  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
     the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
     <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.

     Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
     number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
     version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that specified version or of any later version that has been
     published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the
     Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
     choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
     Software Foundation.  If the Document specifies that a proxy can
     decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
     proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
     authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.

  11. RELICENSING

     "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
     World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
     provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
     public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
     A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
     site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
     site.

     "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
     license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
     corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
     California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
     published by that same organization.

     "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
     in part, as part of another Document.

     An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
     License, and if all works that were first published under this
     License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
     incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
     texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
     to November 1, 2008.

     The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
     site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
     2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.

ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
====================================================

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:

       Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
       or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
       with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
       Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
       Free Documentation License''.

   If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
Texts, replace the "with...Texts."  line with this:

         with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
         the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
         being LIST.

   If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.

   If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
their use in free software.


File: ld.info,  Node: LD Index,  Prev: GNU Free Documentation License,  Up: Top

LD Index
********